ALLIANZ Connections^SM VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACT issued on or after April 29, 2013

Issued by Allianz Life^® Variable Account B and Allianz Life Insurance Company of North America

This prospectus describes all material rights and obligations of purchasers under an individual flexible purchase payment variable deferred annuity contract (Contract) issued by Allianz Life Insurance Company of North America (Allianz Life^®, we, us, our).

The Base Contract offers you, the Owner, standard features including: multiple variable investment options (Investment Options) and annuitization options (Annuity Options), a free withdrawal privilege, a seven-year withdrawal charge period, and a death benefit (Traditional Death Benefit). The Contract offers the following optional benefits for an additional charge.

Currently Available Benefits

•	Income Protector provides guaranteed lifetime income (Lifetime Plus Payments) until annuitization. We base payments on a value (Benefit Base) that is at least equal to total Purchase Payments adjusted for withdrawals plus a quarterly simple interest increase (Annual Increase). Income Protector is described in section 11.a.
	Income Protector allows access to your investment value (Contract Value) and death benefit for a period of time after payments begin. Payments can begin once the minimum exercise age is met, or as late as age 90. If we require you to annuitize your Contract while you are receiving Lifetime Plus Payments, which may occur as early as age 90 or as late as age 100, we provide an annuity option with payments at least equal to the Lifetime Plus Payments you are then receiving as described in section 9, The Annuity Phase – When Annuity Payments Begin.
•	Quarterly Value Death Benefit locks in any quarterly investment gains (Quarterly Anniversary Value) to potentially provide an increased death benefit. Quarterly Value Death Benefit is described in section 11.b.

If you select the Quarterly Value Death Benefit, you must also select Income Protector (an Additional Required Benefit). However, you can select Income Protector separately without selecting the Quarterly Value Death Benefit. If you select Income Protector, we restrict your Investment Option selection and allocations and rebalance your Contract Value quarterly. Withdrawals reduce the guaranteed values provided by the Quarterly Value Death Benefit and Income Protector, and may cause these benefits to end prematurely. For optional benefit availability, see section 11, Selection of Optional Benefits and check with your Financial Professional, the person who provided you advice regarding this Contract. For information on the rates used to calculate the guaranteed values and benefits for Income Protector, please see the Rate Sheet Supplement. Please see Appendix H of this prospectus for information regarding the rates for previously available Income Protector riders issued before April 29, 2019.

Previously Available Benefits

•	Income Focus provides guaranteed lifetime income (Income Focus Payments, which are similar to Lifetime Plus Payments) until annuitization. We base payments on a percentage of adjusted Purchase Payments, and that percentage can potentially increase by 1% each year if your Contract Value increases. Income Focus was available from April 29, 2013 through April 24, 2015 and is described in Appendix F.
•	Investment Protector provides a level of protection for your principal and any annual investment gains (Target Value), on a future date if you hold the Contract for the required period. Investment Protector was available from April 29, 2013 through October 16, 2016 and is described in Appendix G.

All guarantees under the Contract are the obligations of Allianz Life and are subject to the claims paying ability and financial strength of Allianz Life.

Please read this prospectus before investing and keep it for future reference. It contains important information about your annuity and Allianz Life that you ought to know before investing. This prospectus is not an offering in any state, country, or jurisdiction in which we are not authorized to sell the Contracts. You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to give you different information.

The primary purpose of this prospectus is to offer the product for sale; it is not intended to constitute a suitability recommendation or fiduciary advice. Please consult your Financial Professional for a specific recommendation to purchase the Contract.

Allianz Life Variable Account B is the Separate Account that holds the assets that underlie the Contract. Additional information about the Separate Account has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and is

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

available upon written or oral request without charge, or on the EDGAR database on the SEC’s website (www.sec.gov). A Statement of Additional Information (SAI) dated the same date as this prospectus includes additional information about the annuity offered by this prospectus. The SAI is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. The SAI is filed with the SEC and is available without charge by contacting us at the telephone number or address listed at the back of this prospectus. The SAI’s table of contents appears after the Privacy and Security Statement in this prospectus. The prospectus, SAI and other Contract information are also available on the EDGAR database. The prospectus and SAI are also available on our website at www.allianzlife.com.

The SEC has not approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense. An investment in this Contract is not a deposit of a bank or financial institution and is not federally insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other federal government agency. An investment in this Contract involves investment risk including the possible loss of principal. Variable annuity contracts are complex insurance and investment vehicles. Before you invest, be sure to ask your Financial Professional about the Contract’s features, benefits, risks, and fees, and whether the Contract is appropriate for you based upon your financial situation and objectives.

Dated: April 29, 2019

Versions of Optional Benefits That Are No Longer Available

The prospectus appendices include information on features, charges and available Investment Options for the following versions of benefits we no longer offer. The benefit version identifier, for example (07.12), is located in your rider.

Appendix	Benefit Version Identifier	Available From	Available Through
D – Original Traditional Death Benefit		April 29, 2013	July 19, 2013, or October 11, 2013
E – Original Quarterly Value Death Benefit)		April 29, 2013	July 19, 2013, or October 11, 2013
F – Income Focus		April 29, 2013	April 24, 2015
G – Investment Protector	(07.12, 07.13, 04.15, 04.16, 05.16, 06.16, 07.16, 08.16, 09.16, 10.16)	April 29, 2013	October 16, 2016
H – Income Protector	(10.12)	April 29, 2013	April 24, 2015
	(04.15, 04.16)	April 27, 2015	May 2, 2016
	(05.16, 06.16)	May 3, 2016	July 4, 2016
	(07.16, 08.16)	July 5, 2016	September 5, 2016
	(09.16, 10.16, 11.16)	September 6, 2016	December 5, 2016
	(12.16)	December 6, 2017	January 2, 2017
	(01.17, 02.17)	January 3, 2017	March 6, 2017
	(03.17, 04.17, 05.17, 06.17, 07.17, 08.17, 09.17, 10.17, 11.17, 12.17, 01.18, 02.18)	March 7, 2017	March 5, 2018
	(03.18, 04.18, 05.18, 06.18, 07.18, 08.18, 09.18, 10.18, 11.18, 12.18, 01.19, 02.19, 03.19, 04.19v1)	March 6, 2018	April 28, 2019

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

If you select Income Protector, we restrict your Investment Option selection and allocations, and rebalance your Contract Value allocations quarterly.

All of the Investment Options listed below are available to a Contract without Income Protector. If you have a benefit that restricts access to Investment Options, your available Investment Options are listed in the section that describes that benefit. For example, the Investment Options available with Investment Protector are listed in Appendix G. Certain Investment Options that are closed and are no longer available for selection are discussed in Appendix J.

CURRENTLY AVAILABLE INVESTMENT OPTIONS
ALLIANZ RCM Dynamic Multi-Asset Plus VIT Portfolio⁽¹⁾ ALLIANZ FUND OF FUNDS AZL^® Balanced Index Strategy Fund AZL^® DFA Multi-Strategy Fund AZL^® Moderate Index Strategy Fund AZL^® MVP Balanced Index Strategy Fund⁽¹⁾ AZL^® MVP BlackRock Global Strategy Plus Fund⁽¹⁾ AZL^® MVP DFA Multi-Strategy Fund⁽¹⁾ AZL MVP Fusion^SM Dynamic Balanced Fund⁽¹⁾ AZL MVP Fusion^SM Dynamic Conservative Fund⁽¹⁾ AZL MVP Fusion^SM Dynamic Moderate Fund⁽¹⁾ AZL^® MVP Growth Index Strategy Fund⁽¹⁾ AZL^® MVP Fidelity Institutional Asset Management^® Multi-Strategy Fund⁽¹⁾ AZL^® MVP Moderate Index Strategy Fund⁽¹⁾ AZL^® MVP T. Rowe Price Capital Appreciation Plus Fund⁽¹⁾BLACKROCK AZL^® Enhanced Bond Index Fund⁽¹⁾ AZL^® Government Money Market Fund⁽¹⁾	BLACKROCK (continued) AZL^® International Index Fund AZL^® Mid Cap Index Fund AZL^® MSCI Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund AZL^® MSCI Global Equity Index Fund AZL^® Russell 1000 Growth Index Fund AZL^® Russell 1000 Value Index Fund AZL^® S&P 500 Index Fund AZL^® Small Cap Stock Index Fund DIMENSIONAL AZL^® DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Fund⁽¹⁾ FIDELITY AZL^® Fidelity Institutional Asset Management^® Multi-Strategy Fund AZL^® Fidelity Institutional Asset Management^® Total Bond Fund⁽¹⁾GATEWAY AZL^® Gateway Fund	J.P. MORGAN JPMorgan Insurance Trust Core Bond Portfolio⁽¹⁾ METWEST AZL^® MetWest Total Return Bond Fund⁽¹⁾ MFS MFS VIT Total Return Bond Portfolio⁽¹⁾ MORGAN STANLEY AZL^® Morgan Stanley Global Real Estate Fund PIMCO PIMCO VIT Balanced Allocation Portfolio⁽¹⁾ PIMCO VIT CommodityRealReturn^® Strategy Portfolio PIMCO VIT Global Core Bond (Hedged) Portfolio⁽¹⁾ PIMCO VIT Long-Term U.S. Government Portfolio PIMCO VIT StocksPLUS^® Global Portfolio PIMCO VIT Total Return Portfolio⁽¹⁾ T. ROWE PRICE AZL^® T. Rowe Price Capital Appreciation Fund

(1)	These Investment Options are available with the current version of Income Protector.

Beginning on January 1, 2021, as permitted by regulations adopted by the SEC, paper copies of the shareholder reports for Investment Options available under your contract may no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports from Allianz Life or from your Financial Professional. Instead, the reports would be made available on a website, and you would be notified by mail each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report. If you already elected to receive shareholder reports electronically, you would not be affected by this change and you need not take any action. You may elect to receive shareholder reports and other communications from Allianz Life electronically by contacting our Service Center at the toll-free telephone number listed at the back of this prospectus or by signing up for electronic delivery on our website at www.allianzlife.com/paperless. You may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge. You can inform Allianz Life that you wish to continue receiving paper copies of your shareholder reports by contacting your Financial Professional, or contacting our Service Center at the toll-free telephone number listed at the back of this prospectus. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all Investment Options available under your contract.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Glossary		6
Fee Tables		10
	Owner Transaction Expenses	10
	Owner Periodic Expenses	10
	Contract Annual Expenses	10
	Annual Operating Expenses of the Investment Options	11
	Examples	11
1.The Variable Annuity Contract	12
	When the Contract Ends	13
2.Owners, Annuitants, and Other Specified Persons	14
	Owner	14
	Joint Owners	14
	Annuitant	14
	Determining Life (Lives)	15
	Beneficiary	15
	Covered Person(s)	15
	Payee	16
	Assignments, Changes of Ownership and Other Transfers of Contract Rights	16
3.Purchasing the Contract	17
	Purchase Requirements	17
	Applications Sent Electronically	18
	Allocation of Purchase Payments	18
	Automatic Investment Plan (AIP)	18
	Dollar Cost Averaging (DCA) Program	19
	Free Look/Right to Examine Period	19
4.Valuing Your Contract	20
	Accumulation Units	20
	Computing Contract Value	20
5.Investment Options	20
	Substitution and Limitation on Further Investments	27
	Transfers Between Investment Options	27
	Electronic Investment Option Transfer and Allocation Instructions	28
	Excessive Trading and Market Timing	28
	Flexible Rebalancing Program	30
	Financial Adviser Fees	30

	Voting Privileges	31
6.Our General Account	31
7.Expenses	31
	Mortality and Expense Risk (M&E) Charge	31
	Rider Charge	32
	Contract Maintenance Charge	33
	Withdrawal Charge	34
	Transfer Fee	35
	Premium Tax	36
	Income Tax	36
	Investment Option Expenses	36
8.Access to Your Money	36
	Free Withdrawal Privilege	37
	Systematic Withdrawal Program	37
	Minimum Distribution Program and Required Minimum Distribution (RMD) Payments	37
	Waiver of Withdrawal Charge Benefit	38
	Suspension of Payments or Transfers	38
9.The Annuity Phase	38
	Calculating Your Annuity Payments	38
	Annuity Payment Options	38
	When Annuity Payments Begin	39
10.Death Benefit	40
	Death of the Owner and/or Annuitant	41
	Death Benefit Payment Options During the Accumulation Phase	41
11.Selection of Optional Benefits	43
	Replacing Optional Benefits	43
11.aIncome Protector	44
	Selecting Income Protector	45
	Removing Income Protector	45
	Lifetime Plus Payment Overview	46
	Benefit Base	46
	Quarterly Anniversary Value	47
	Annual Increase	47
	Requesting Lifetime Plus Payments	48
	Calculating Your Lifetime Plus Payments	49
	Automatic Annual Lifetime Plus Payment Increases	50

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Rate Sheet Supplement	51
	Taxation of Lifetime Plus Payments	51
	Investment Option Allocation and Transfer Restrictions and Quarterly Rebalancing	51
	When Income Protector Ends	52
11.bQuarterly Value Death Benefit	52
12.Taxes	53
	Qualified and Non-Qualified Contracts	53
	Taxation of Annuity Contracts	54
	Taxation of Lifetime Payments	55
	Tax-Free Section 1035 Exchanges	55
13.Other Information	55
	Allianz Life	55
	The Separate Account	55
	Distribution	56
	Additional Credits for Certain Groups	57
	Administration/Allianz Service Center	57
	Legal Proceedings	57
	Financial Statements	57
	Status Pursuant To Securities Exchange Act Of 1934	58
14.Privacy Notice	59
15.Table of Contents of the SAI	61
Appendix A – Annual Operating Expenses for Each Investment Option		62
Appendix B – Condensed Financial Information		65

Appendix C – Effects of Partial Withdrawals and Lifetime Payments on the Values Available Under the Contract		73
Appendix D – Original Traditional Death Benefit		75
Appendix E – Original Quarterly Value Death Benefit		76
Appendix F – Income Focus		77
	Removing Income Focus	77
	Income Focus Payment Overview	77
	Total Income Value	78
	Income Values	78
	Income Value Percentages and Performance Increases	79
	Requesting Income Focus Payments	79
	Calculating Your Income Focus Payments	80
	Taxation of Income Focus Payments	82
	Investment Option Allocation and Transfer Restrictions and Quarterly Rebalancing	82
	When Income Focus Ends	82
Appendix G – Investment Protector		84
	Removing Investment Protector	84
	Target Value Dates	85
	Target Value	86
	Investment Option Allocation and Transfer Restrictions and Quarterly Rebalancing	86
	When Investment Protector Ends	89
Appendix H – Previous Versions of Income Protector		90
Appendix I – Additional Expense Examples		92
Appendix J – Material Contract Variations by State and Issue Date		93
	Closed Investment Options	93
	Material State Contract Variations	93
For Service or More Information		102
	Our Service Center	102

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

Glossary

This prospectus is written in plain English. However, there are some technical words or terms that are capitalized and are used as defined terms throughout the prospectus. For your convenience, we included this glossary to define these terms.

Accumulation Phase – the initial phase of your Contract before you apply your total Contract Value to Annuity Payments. The Accumulation Phase begins on the Issue Date.

Additional Required Benefit – an additional optional benefit you must have if you select the Quarterly Value Death Benefit described in section 11.b. Additional Required Benefits include Income Protector or either the previously available Income Focus or Investment Protector.

Annual Increase – an amount used to determine the Benefit Base under Income Protector before Lifetime Plus Payments begin as discussed in section 11.a. If selected at issue, it is initially equal to total Purchase Payments adjusted for withdrawals plus a quarterly simple interest increase. If selected after issue, it is initially equal to Contract Value determined on the Rider Effective Date excluding any Daily Transactions adjusted for subsequent withdrawals and Purchase Payments plus a quarterly simple interest increase. On Quarterly Anniversaries this value is reset to equal the current Contract Value if greater, and we apply future quarterly simple interest to this reset value.

Annual Increase Percentage – the simple interest increase we apply quarterly to the Annual Increase under Income Protector as discussed in section 11.a. The Annual Increase Percentage for the Income Protector rider is stated in the Rate Sheet Supplement that you receive at the time you select the benefit and that is in effect on your Rider Effective Date. Please see Appendix H for the Annual Increase Percentage for previously available versions of Income Protector.

Annuitant – the individual upon whose life we base the Annuity Payments. Subject to our approval, you designate the Annuitant and can add a joint Annuitant for the Annuity Phase. There are restrictions on who can become an Annuitant.

Annuity Date – the date we process your request to begin making Annuity Payments to the Payee from the Contract.

Annuity Options – the annuity income options available to you under the Contract.

Annuity Payments – payments made by us to the Payee pursuant to the chosen Annuity Option.

Annuity Phase – the phase the Contract is in once Annuity Payments begin.

Base Contract – the Contract without any optional benefits.

Beneficiary – unless otherwise required by the Contract, the person(s) or entity the Owner designates to receive any death benefit.

Benefit Anniversary – a twelve-month anniversary of the Benefit Date, or any subsequent twelve-month Benefit Anniversary under Income Protector as discussed in section 11.a, or Income Focus as discussed in Appendix F.

Benefit Base – the amount we use to determine the initial annual maximum Lifetime Plus Payment under Income Protector as discussed in section 11.a.

Benefit Date – the date you begin receiving Lifetime Plus Payments under Income Protector as discussed in section 11.a, or Income Focus Payments under Income Focus as discussed in Appendix F.

Benefit Year – any period of twelve months beginning on the Benefit Date, or on a subsequent Benefit Anniversary under Income Protector as discussed in section 11.a, or under Income Focus as discussed in Appendix F.

Business Day – each day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading, except when an Investment Option does not value its shares. Allianz Life is open for business on each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open. Our Business Day closes when regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange closes, which is usually at 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time.

Contract – the individual flexible purchase payment variable deferred annuity contract described by this prospectus.

Contract Anniversary – a twelve-month anniversary of the Issue Date or any subsequent twelve-month Contract Anniversary.

Contract Value – on any Business Day, the sum of the values in your selected Investment Options. The Contract Value reflects the deduction of any contract maintenance charge, transfer fee, M&E charge and rider charge, but does not reflect the deduction of any withdrawal charge.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

Contract Year – any period of twelve months beginning on the Issue Date or a subsequent Contract Anniversary.

Covered Person(s) – the person(s) upon whose age and lifetime(s) we base Lifetime Plus Payments under Income Protector or Income Focus Payments under Income Focus as discussed in section 2. There are restrictions on who can become a Covered Person.

Daily Transactions – On a Business Day, any additional Purchase Payments received, any withdrawals taken, or transfer fees deducted. Withdrawals include Lifetime Plus Payments, Income Focus Payments and Excess Withdrawals.

Determining Life (Lives) – the person(s) designated at Contract issue and named in the Contract on whose life we base the guaranteed Traditional Death Benefit or Quarterly Value Death Benefit.

Earliest Anniversary – the earliest available initial Target Value Date that you can select under Investment Protector as discussed in Appendix G. In the Contract the Earliest Anniversary is called the Earliest Target Value Anniversary. Appendix G also includes historical Earliest Anniversary rates for all versions of Investment Protector.

Excess Withdrawal – if you have Income Protector or Income Focus, the amount of any withdrawal you take while you are receiving Lifetime Plus Payments or Income Focus Payments that, when added to other withdrawals taken during the Benefit Year and your annual actual payment, is greater than your annual maximum permitted payment. Excess Withdrawals reduce your Contract Value and any guaranteed values, and may end your Contract. Income Protector is discussed in section 11.a, and Income Focus is discussed in Appendix F.

Financial Professional – the person who advises you regarding the Contract.

Future Anniversary – the number of Rider Anniversaries that occur between the initial Target Value Date and each subsequent Target Value Date under Investment Protector as discussed in Appendix G. Appendix G also includes historical Future Anniversary rates for all versions of Investment Protector.

Good Order – a request is in “Good Order” if it contains all of the information we require to process the request. If we require information to be provided in writing, “Good Order” also includes providing information on the correct form, with any required certifications, guarantees and/or signatures, and received at our Service Center after delivery to the correct mailing, email, or website address, which are all listed at the back of this prospectus. If you have questions about the information we require, or whether you can submit certain information by fax, email or over the web, please contact our Service Center. If you send information by email or upload it to our website, we send you a confirmation number that includes the date and time we received your information.

Guarantee Percentage – a percentage we use to calculate the Target Value under Investment Protector as discussed in Appendix G. Appendix G also includes historical Guarantee Percentage rates for all versions of Investment Protector.

Guarantee Years – the maximum number of years that you can receive simple interest increases under the Annual Increase for Income Protector as discussed in section 11.a. The Guarantee Years for the Income Protector rider are stated in the Rate Sheet Supplement that you receive at the time you select the benefit and that is in effect on your Rider Effective Date. Please see Appendix H for the Guarantee Years for previously available versions of Income Protector.

Income Focus – an optional benefit described in Appendix F that is no longer available, has an additional rider charge and is intended to provide a payment stream for life in the form of partial withdrawals. Income Focus provides no payment until the younger Covered Person is at least age 60.

Income Focus Payment – the guaranteed lifetime income payment we make to you under Income Focus as discussed in Appendix F. The annual maximum Income Focus Payment is equal to the sum of all Income Values multiplied by their associated Income Value Percentages.

Income Protector – an optional benefit described in section 11.a that has an additional rider charge and is intended to provide a payment stream for life in the form of partial withdrawals. Income Protector provides no payment until the younger Covered Person meets the minimum exercise age. The minimum exercise age for the Income Protector is stated in the Rate Sheet Supplement that you receive at the time you select the benefit and that is in effect on your Rider Effective Date. Please see Appendix H for the minimum exercise age for previously available versions of Income Protector.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

Income Value(s) – if you have Income Focus, we establish an Income Value for all Purchase Payments received in a specific time period that have the same associated Income Value Percentage as stated in Appendix F. We adjust each Income Value for subsequent withdrawals. A single Contract may have multiple Income Values. We use Income Value(s) to calculate the annual maximum Income Focus Payment.

Income Value Percentage(s) – a percentage we apply to each Income Value to determine the annual maximum Income Focus Payment under Income Focus. We establish a separate Income Value Percentage for each Income Value as discussed in Appendix F. Each Income Value Percentage can potentially increase by 1% each year if your Contract Value increases.

Increase Base – an amount we use to determine the Annual Increase under Income Protector as discussed in section 11.a. If selected at issue, it is initially equal to total Purchase Payments adjusted for withdrawals. If selected after issue, it is initially equal to Contract Value determined on the Rider Effective Date excluding any Daily Transactions adjusted for subsequent withdrawals and Purchase Payments plus a quarterly simple interest increase. On Quarterly Anniversaries, if we reset the Annual Increase to equal the current Contract Value, we also reset the Increase Base to equal the current Contract Value.

Investment Options – the variable investments available to you under the Contract. Investment Option performance is based on the securities in which they invest.

Investment Protector – an optional benefit described in Appendix G that is no longer available, has an additional rider charge and is intended to provide a level of protection for your principal and any annual investment gains on a specific date in the future.

Issue Date – the date shown on the Contract that starts the first Contract Year. Contract Anniversaries and Contract Years are measured from the Issue Date. We must receive your initial Purchase Payment and all necessary information before we issue the Contract.

Joint Owners – two Owners who own a Contract.

Lifetime Plus Payment – the guaranteed lifetime income payment we make to you based on the Benefit Base under Income Protector as discussed in section 11.a.

Non-Qualified Contract – a Contract that is not purchased under a pension or retirement plan that qualifies for special tax treatment under sections of the Internal Revenue Code.

Owner – “you,” “your” and “yours.” The person(s) or entity designated at Contract issue and named in the Contract who may exercise all rights granted by the Contract.

Payee – the person or entity who receives Annuity Payments during the Annuity Phase.

Payment Percentages – a percentage we use to calculate the annual maximum Lifetime Plus Payment under Income Protector as discussed in section 11.a. The Payment Percentages table for the Income Protector rider is stated in the Rate Sheet Supplement that you receive at the time you select the benefit and that is in effect on your Rider Effective Date. Please see Appendix H for the Payment Percentages table for previous versions of Income Protector.

Performance Increase – a 1% annual increase to each Income Value Percentage under Income Focus if your annual Contract Value increases. A Performance Increase occurs for an Income Value Percentage only if it is associated with an Income Value we have had for at least one full Rider Year.

Purchase Payment – the money you put into the Contract.

Qualified Contract – a Contract purchased under a pension or retirement plan that qualifies for special tax treatment under sections of the Internal Revenue Code (for example, 401(a) and 401(k) plans), Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs), or Tax-Sheltered Annuities (referred to as TSA contracts). Currently, we issue Qualified Contracts that may include, but are not limited to Roth IRAs, Traditional IRAs and Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) IRAs.

Quarterly Anniversary – the day that occurs three calendar months after the Issue Date or any subsequent Quarterly Anniversary.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

Quarterly Anniversary Value – the highest Contract Value on any Quarterly Anniversary before age 91, adjusted for subsequent Purchase Payments and withdrawals, used to determine Income Protector’s Benefit Base as discussed in section 11.a, and the Quarterly Value Death Benefits as discussed in section 11.b (currently available benefit) and Appendix E (previously available benefit).

Quarterly Value Death Benefit – an optional benefit described in section 11.b and Appendix E that has an additional M&E charge and is intended to provide an increased death benefit. The benefit described in section 11.b requires selection of an Additional Required Benefit.

Rate Sheet Supplement – the supplement that must accompany this prospectus that contains the rates for the values used to calculate the benefits provided by Income Protector. The Rate Sheet Supplement has the rates for the Annual Increase Percentage, Guarantee Years, Payment Percentages table, and the minimum exercise age. Once these rates are established for your Contract, they will not change while your benefit is in effect. Historical Rate Sheet Supplements for Income Protector and Investment Protector can be found in Appendix B to the SAI.

Rider Anniversary – a twelve-month anniversary of the Rider Effective Date or any subsequent twelve-month Rider Anniversary if you have Income Protector, Income Focus or Investment Protector.

Rider Anniversary Value – the highest Contract Value on any Rider Anniversary, adjusted for subsequent Purchase Payments and withdrawals, used to determine Investment Protector’s Target Value as discussed in Appendix G.

Rider Effective Date – the date shown on the Contract that starts the first Rider Year if you have Income Protector, Income Focus or Investment Protector. Rider Anniversaries and Rider Years are measured from the Rider Effective Date.

Rider Year – any period of twelve months beginning on the Rider Effective Date or a subsequent Rider Anniversary if you have Income Protector, Income Focus or Investment Protector.

Separate Account – Allianz Life Variable Account B is the Separate Account that issues your Contract. It is a separate investment account of Allianz Life. The Separate Account holds the Investment Options that underlie the Contracts. The Separate Account is divided into subaccounts, each of which invests exclusively in a single Investment Option.

Service Center – the area of our company that provides Contract maintenance and routine customer service. Our Service Center address and telephone number are listed at the back of this prospectus. The address for mailing applications and/or checks for Purchase Payments may be different and is also listed at the back of this prospectus.

Target Value – the amount we guarantee will be available to you on each Target Value Date under Investment Protector as discussed in Appendix G. If you selected Investment Protector at issue, the Target Value is equal to the greater of the Rider Anniversary Value multiplied by the Guarantee Percentage, or the total Purchase Payments adjusted for withdrawals. If you selected Investment Protector after issue, it is equal to the greater of the Rider Anniversary Value multiplied by the Guarantee Percentage, or the Contract Value determined on the Rider Effective Date excluding any Daily Transactions adjusted for subsequent withdrawals and Purchase Payments.

Target Value Date – the date on which we guarantee your Contract Value cannot be less than the Target Value under Investment Protector as discussed in Appendix G.

Total Income Value – the sum of all your individual Income Value(s) under Income Focus as discussed in Appendix F. We use the Total Income Value to determine your Income Focus rider charge.

Traditional Death Benefit – the death benefit provided by the Contract that is equal to the greater of Contract Value or total Purchase Payments adjusted for withdrawals as discussed in section 10 (currently available benefit) and Appendix D (previously available benefit).

Valid Claim – the documents we require to be received in Good Order at our Service Center before we pay any death claim. This includes the death benefit payment option, due proof of death, and any required governmental forms. Due proof of death includes a certified copy of the death certificate, a decree of court of competent jurisdiction as to the finding of death, or any other proof satisfactory to us.

Withdrawal Charge Basis – the total amount under your Contract that is subject to a withdrawal charge.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

Fee Tables

These tables describe the fees and expenses you pay when purchasing, owning and taking a withdrawal from the Contract, or transferring Contract Value between Investment Options. For more information, see section 7.

Owner Transaction Expenses

Withdrawal Charge During Your Contract’s Initial Phase, the Accumulation Phase⁽¹⁾
(as a percentage of each Purchase Payment withdrawn)⁽²⁾

Number of Complete Years Since Purchase Payment		Withdrawal Charge Amount Base Contract
0		8.5%
1		8.5%
2		7.5%
3		6.5%
4		5%
5		4%
6		3%
7 years or more		0%

Transfer Fee⁽³⁾	$25
(for each transfer after twelve in a Contract Year)
Premium Tax⁽⁴⁾	3.5%
(as a percentage of each Purchase Payment)

Owner Periodic Expenses

Contract Maintenance Charge⁽⁵⁾	$50
(per Contract per year)

(1)	The Contract provides a free withdrawal privilege that allows you to withdraw 10% of your total Purchase Payments annually without incurring a withdrawal charge as discussed in section 8, Access to Your Money – Free Withdrawal Privilege.
(2)	The Withdrawal Charge Basis is the amount subject to a withdrawal charge as discussed in section 7, Expenses – Withdrawal Charge.
(3)	We count all transfers made in the same Business Day as one transfer. Program and benefit related transfers are not subject to the transfer fee and do not count against the free transfers we allow as discussed in section 7, Expenses – Transfer Fee. Transfers are subject to the market timing policies discussed in section 5, Investment Options – Excessive Trading and Market Timing.
(4)	Not currently deducted, but we reserve the right to do so in the future. This is the maximum charge we could deduct if we exercise this right as discussed in section 7, Expenses – Premium Tax.
(5)	Waived if the Contract Value is at least $100,000 as discussed in section 7, Expenses – Contract Maintenance Charge.

Contract Annual Expenses

	Mortality and Expense Risk (M&E) Charge⁽⁶⁾ (as a percentage of each Investment Options’ net asset value)
Base Contract without optional benefits	1.15%
Base Contract with Quarterly Value Death Benefit⁽⁷⁾	1.45%

Currently Available Benefit	Rider Charge (as a percentage of the Benefit Base)
Currently Available Benefit	Maximum	Current⁽⁸⁾
Income Protector
Single Lifetime Plus Payments	2.50%	1.40%
Joint Lifetime Plus Payments	2.75%	1.40%

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

Previously Available Benefits (Version Identifier)	Available Dates	Rider Charge
		Maximum			Current⁽⁸⁾
		Single Payments	Joint Payments	Single Payments	Joint Payments
Income Protector with Lifetime Plus Payments (rider charge as a percentage of the Benefit Base)
Income Protector (01.17 through 04.19v1)	1/3/2017 – 4/28/2019	2.50%	2.75%	1.40%	1.40%
Income Protector (04.15 through 12.16)	4/27/2015 – 1/2/2017	2.50%	2.75%	1.30%	1.30%
Income Protector (10.12)	4/29/2013 – 4/24/2015	2.50%	2.75%	1.10%	1.10%
Income Focus with Income Focus Payments (rider charge as a percentage of the Total Income Value)
Income Focus	4/29/2013 – 4/24/2015	2.75%	2.95%	1.30%	1.30%

Previously Available Benefit (Version Identifier)	Available Dates	Rider Charge (as a percentage of the Target Value)
Previously Available Benefit (Version Identifier)	Available Dates	Maximum	Current⁽⁸⁾
Investment Protector
Investment Protector (07.13 through 10.16)	7/22/2013 – 10/16/2016	2.50%	1.35%
Investment Protector (07.12)	4/29/2013 – 7/19/2013	2.50%	1.25%

(6)	We do not assess the M&E charge during the Annuity Phase. See section 7, Expenses – Mortality and Expense Risk (M&E) Charge.
(7)	If you remove an Additional Required Benefit from your Contract without simultaneously replacing it, we no longer assess the additional 0.30% M&E charge for the Quarterly Value Death Benefit after the rider termination date.
(8)	The current rider charge may increase or decrease on each Quarterly Anniversary. For Income Protector see section 7, Expenses – Rider Charge. For Income Focus see Appendix F, and for Investment Protector see Appendix G.

Annual Operating Expenses of the Investment Options

Following are the minimum and maximum total annual operating expenses charged by any of the Investment Options for the period ended December 31, 2018, before the effect of any contractual expense reimbursement or fee waiver. We show the expenses as a percentage of an Investment Option’s average daily net assets.

	Minimum	Maximum
Total annual Investment Option operating expenses⁽⁹⁾ (including management fees, distribution or 12b-1 fees, and other expenses)
before fee waivers and expense reimbursements	0.48%	2.07%

(9)

Some of the Investment Options or their affiliates may also pay service fees to us or our affiliates. Amounts may be different for each Investment Option. The maximum current fee is 0.25%. If these fees are deducted from Investment Option assets, they are reflected in the above table and disclosed in Appendix A. Appendix A contains annual operating expense details for each Investment Option.

Examples

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in this Contract with the costs of other variable annuity contracts. These examples assume you make a $10,000 investment and your selected Investment Options earn a 5% annual return. They also assume the maximum potential fees and charges for each period and are not a representation of past or future expenses. Your Contract expenses may be more or less than the examples below, depending on the Investment Option(s) and optional benefits you select, and whether and when you take withdrawals.

We deduct the $50 contract maintenance charge in the examples on each Contract Anniversary during the Accumulation Phase (or the next Business Day if the Contract Anniversary is not a Business Day). A Contract Anniversary is a twelve-month anniversary of your Contract’s Issue Date. During the Annuity Phase, we deduct the contract maintenance charge proportionately from each Annuity Payment. We may waive this charge under certain circumstances, as described in section 7, Expenses – Contract Maintenance Charge. A transfer fee may apply, but is not reflected in these examples (see section 7, Expenses – Transfer Fee).

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

All figures in the examples below reflect the most expensive combination of currently available benefits, which is the Base Contract with Quarterly Value Death Benefit, and Income Protector with joint payments (8.5% declining withdrawal charge, 1.45% M&E charge and a maximum rider charge of 2.75%).

1)	If you surrender your Contract (take a full withdrawal) at the end of each time period.

Total annual Investment Option operating expenses before any fee waivers or expense reimbursements of:	1 Year	3 Years	5 Years	10 Years
2.07% (maximum Investment Option operating expense)	$1,529	$2,822	$4,010	$7,253
0.48% (minimum Investment Option operating expense)	$1,375	$2,380	$3,306	$6,034

2)	If you annuitize your Contract and begin Annuity Payments at the end of each time period. The earliest available Annuity Date (the date we process your request to begin Annuity Payments) is two years after the Issue Date (the date we issue the Contract).

Total annual Investment Option operating expenses before any fee waivers or expense reimbursements of:	1 Year	3 Years	5 Years	10 Years
2.07% (maximum Investment Option operating expense)	N/A	$2,072	$3,510	$7,253
0.48% (minimum Investment Option operating expense)	N/A	$1,630	$2,806	$6,034

3)	If you do not surrender your Contract.

Total annual Investment Option operating expenses before any fee waivers or expense reimbursements of:	1 Year	3 Years	5 Years	10 Years
2.07% (maximum Investment Option operating expense)	$679	$2,072	$3,510	$7,253
0.48% (minimum Investment Option operating expense)	$525	$1,630	$2,806	$6,034

See Appendix B for condensed financial information regarding the accumulation unit values (AUVs) for Contracts offered as of December 31, 2018.

• NOTE FOR CONTRACTS ISSUED BEFORE APRIL 27, 2015: In example 1 (if you surrender your Contract) and example 3 (if you do not surrender your Contract), the most expensive combination of benefits in Year 1 are for the Base Contract with Quarterly Value Death Benefit and Income Focus with joint payments (8.5% declining withdrawal charge, 1.45% M&E charge and a maximum rider charge of 2.95%). Please see Appendix I for expense example 1 (full surrender) and 3 (no surrender) for these Contracts.

1. The Variable Annuity Contract

An annuity is a contract between you as the Owner, and an insurance company (in this case Allianz Life), where you make payments to us and the money is invested in Investment Options available through the Contract. Depending on market conditions, your Contract can gain or lose value based on your selected Investment Options’ performance. When you are ready to take money out, we make payments to you according to your instructions and any restrictions associated with the payout option you select that is described in this prospectus. We do not make any changes to your Contract without your permission except as may be required by law.

The Contract has an Accumulation Phase and an Annuity Phase.

The Accumulation Phase is the first phase of your Contract, and it begins on the Issue Date. During the Accumulation Phase, your money is invested in the Investment Options you select on a tax-deferred basis. Tax deferral means you are not taxed on any earnings or appreciation on the assets in your Contract until you take money out of your Contract. (For more information, see section 12, Taxes.)

During the Accumulation Phase you can take withdrawals (subject to any withdrawal charge) and you can make additional Purchase Payments subject to the restrictions set out in section 3, Purchasing the Contract – Purchase Requirements.

The Contract also offers the following optional benefits, for an additional charge.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

Currently Available Benefits

•

Income Protector (see section 11.a) provides guaranteed lifetime income called Lifetime Plus Payments that can begin once the minimum exercise age is met, or as late as age 90. We base payments on the Benefit Base that is at least equal to the Annual Increase (total Purchase Payments adjusted for withdrawals plus a quarterly simple interest increase). You must be age 80 or younger to select Income Protector. The minimum exercise age for the currently available version of Income Protector is stated in the Rate Sheet Supplement. Appendix H contains information specific to previously available versions of this benefit.

•

The Quarterly Value Death Benefit (see section 11.b) potentially provides an increased death benefit based on the highest quarterly Contract Value adjusted for withdrawals (Quarterly Anniversary Value). The Quarterly Value Death Benefit is only available at issue and requires you to also select Income Protector. Appendix E contains information specific to previously available versions of this benefit.

Previously Available Benefits

•

Income Focus (see Appendix F) provides guaranteed lifetime income called Income Focus Payments (which are similar to Lifetime Plus Payments) that can begin from age 60 to age 90. We base payments on a percentage (Income Value Percentage) of each Income Value (Purchase Payments adjusted for withdrawals). Income Value Percentages can potentially increase by 1% each year if your Contract Value increases (Performance Increases). Income Focus was available from April 29, 2013 through April 24, 2015.

•

Investment Protector (see Appendix G) provides a Target Value (a level of protection for your principal and any annual investment gains) that is available on a future date if you hold the Contract for the required period. Investment Protector was available from April 29, 2013 through October 16, 2016.

The Accumulation Phase ends upon the earliest of the following.

•	The Business Day before the Annuity Date. A Business Day is any day the New York Stock Exchange is open, except when an Investment Option does not value its shares.
•	The Business Day we process your request for a full withdrawal.
•	Upon the death of any Owner (or the Annuitant if the Contract is owned by a non-individual), the Business Day we first receive a Valid Claim from any one Beneficiary, unless the surviving spouse/Beneficiary continues the Contract. If there are multiple Beneficiaries, the remaining Contract Value continues to fluctuate with the performance of the Investment Options until the complete distribution of the death benefit.

If you request Annuity Payments, your Contract enters the Annuity Phase. During the Annuity Phase we make regular periodic payments (Annuity Payments) based on the life of a person you choose (the Annuitant). We send Annuity Payments to you (the Payee). You can choose when Annuity Payments begin (the Annuity Date), subject to certain restrictions. We base Annuity Payments on your Contract Value and the payout rates for the Annuity Option you select. If the Annuity Date occurs after Lifetime Plus Payments or Income Focus Payments begin and these payments are greater than the Annuity Payments as calculated for certain Annuity Options, you can elect to convert these payments to Annuity Payments as described in section 9 – When Annuity Payments Begin. Your Annuity Payments do not change unless an Annuitant dies. The Annuity Phase ends when we make the last Annuity Payment under your selected Annuity Option. For more information, see section 9, The Annuity Phase.

When the Contract Ends

The Contract ends when:

•	all applicable phases of the Contract (Accumulation Phase and/or Annuity Phase) have ended, and/or
•	if we received a Valid Claim, all applicable death benefit payments have been made.

For example, if you purchase a Contract and later take a full withdrawal of the total Contract Value, both the Accumulation Phase and the Contract end even though the Annuity Phase never began and we did not make any death benefit payments.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

2. Owners, Annuitants, and Other Specified Persons

Owner

You, as the Owner, have all the rights under the Contract. The Owner is designated at Contract issue. The Owner may be a non-individual, which is anything other than an individual person, which could be a trust, qualified plan, or corporation. Qualified Contracts and non-individually owned Contracts can only have one Owner.

Joint Owners

Non-Qualified Contracts can be owned by up to two individual Owners. If a Contract has Joint Owners, we generally require the signature of both Owners on any forms that are submitted to our Service Center. Our “Service Center” is the area of our company that issues Contracts and provides Contract maintenance and routine customer service.

Annuitant

The Annuitant is the individual on whose life we base Annuity Payments. Subject to our approval, you designate an Annuitant when you purchase a Contract. For Qualified Contracts, before the Annuity Date the Owner must be the Annuitant unless the Contract is owned by a qualified plan or is part of a custodial arrangement. You can change the Annuitant on an individually owned Non-Qualified Contract at any time before the Annuity Date, but you cannot change the Annuitant if the Owner is a non-individual (for example, a qualified plan or trust). Subject to our approval, you can add a joint Annuitant on the Annuity Date. For Qualified Contracts, the ability to add a joint Annuitant is subject to any plan requirements associated with the Contract. For individually owned Contracts, if the Annuitant who is not an Owner dies before the Annuity Date, the sole Owner (or younger Joint Owner) automatically becomes the new Annuitant, but the Owner can subsequently name another Annuitant.

Designating different persons as Owner(s) and Annuitant(s) can have important impacts on whether a death benefit is paid, and on who receives it as indicated below. For more examples, please see Appendix A to the SAI. In order to convert Lifetime Plus Payments or Income Focus Payments to Annuity Payments the Covered Person(s) must be named as the Annuitant(s) as discussed in section 9, When Annuity Payments Begin. Designating different persons as Covered Person(s) and Annuitant(s) will cause Income Protector or Income Focus and any lifetime payments to end at the maximum permitted Annuity Date. Use care when designating Owner(s), Annuitant(s) and Covered Person(s), and consult your Financial Professional if you have questions.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

UPON THE DEATH OF A SOLE OWNER

Action if the Contract is in the Accumulation Phase

•	We pay a death benefit to the person you designate (the Beneficiary) unless the Beneficiary is the surviving spouse and continues the Contract. If you have Income Protector, this benefit and any Lifetime Plus Payments end unless the Contract is continued by a surviving spouse who is also both a Beneficiary and Covered Person.
•	If the deceased Owner was a Determining Life and the surviving spouse Beneficiary continues the Contract:

–	we increase the Contract Value to equal the guaranteed death benefit value if greater and available, and the death benefit ends,
–	the surviving spouse becomes the new Owner,
–	the Accumulation Phase continues, and
–	upon the surviving spouse’s death, his or her Beneficiary(s) receives the Contract Value.
–	The guaranteed death benefit value is total Purchase Payments adjusted for withdrawals if the Traditional Death Benefit applies, or the Quarterly Anniversary Value if the Quarterly Value Death Benefit applies.

•	If the deceased Owner was not the Determining Life the Traditional Death Benefit or Quarterly Value Death Benefit are not available.

Action if the Contract is in the Annuity Phase

•	The Beneficiary becomes the Payee. If we are still required to make Annuity Payments under the selected Annuity Option, the Beneficiary also becomes the new Owner.
•	If the deceased was not an Annuitant, Annuity Payments to the Payee continue. No death benefit is payable.
•	If the deceased was the only surviving Annuitant, Annuity Payments end or continue as follows.

–	Annuity Option 1 or 3, payments end.
–	Annuity Option 2 or 4, payments end when the guarantee period ends.
–	Annuity Option 5, payments end and the Payee may receive a lump sum refund.

•	If the deceased was an Annuitant and there is a surviving joint Annuitant, Annuity Payments to the Payee continue during the lifetime of the surviving joint Annuitant. No death benefit is payable.

Determining Life (Lives)

The Determining Life (Lives) are the individuals on whose life we base the guaranteed Traditional Death Benefit or Quarterly Value Death Benefit. We establish the Determining Life (Lives) at Contract issue and they generally do not change. For an individually owned Contract the Determining Life (Lives) are the Owner(s). For a non-individually owned Contract the Determining Life is the Annuitant. After the Issue Date the Determining Life (Lives) only change as follows:

•	If you remove a Joint Owner due to divorce we also remove that person as a Determining Life, or
•	If you establish a jointly owned Non-Qualified Contract and change ownership to a Trust, we remove the prior Owner who is not the Annuitant as a Determining Life.

Beneficiary

The Beneficiary is the person(s) or entity you designate at Contract issue to receive any death benefit. You can change the Beneficiary or contingent Beneficiary at any time before your death unless you name an irrevocable Beneficiary. If a Beneficiary predeceases you, or you and a Beneficiary die simultaneously as defined by applicable state law or regulation, that Beneficiary’s interest in this Contract ends unless your Beneficiary designation specifies otherwise. If there are no surviving Beneficiaries or if there is no named Beneficiary, we pay the death benefit to your estate or the Owner if the Owner is a non-individual.

• FOR JOINTLY OWNED CONTRACTS: The sole primary Beneficiary is the surviving Joint Owner regardless of any other named Beneficiaries. If both Joint Owners die simultaneously as defined by applicable state law or regulation, we pay the death benefit to the named contingent Beneficiaries, or to the estate of the Joint Owner who died last if there are no named contingent Beneficiaries.

Covered Person(s)

If you have Income Protector or the previously available Income Focus, we base Lifetime Plus Payments or Income Focus Payments (lifetime payments) on the lives of the Covered Person(s). Their ages determine availability of the benefit under Income Protector (Income Focus is no longer available), when lifetime payments can begin and the initial payment amount. When you select Income Protector, you choose whether you want payments based on your life (single lifetime

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

payments), or the lifetime of you and your spouse (joint lifetime payments). For Income Focus you made this choice when you selected the benefit. Joint Owners and joint Covered Persons must be spouses within the meaning of federal tax law. For Income Protector, joint lifetime payments are not currently available if there is more than a 30-year age difference between spouses. Based on your payment selection, we determine the Covered Persons as follows.

For single lifetime payments and:

•	solely owned Contracts, the Covered Person is the Owner.
•	jointly owned Contracts, Joint Owners must be spouses and you can choose which Owner is the Covered Person.
•	Contracts owned by a non-individual, the Covered Person is the Annuitant.

For joint lifetime payments, Covered Persons must be spouses and:

•	Non-Qualified Contracts:

–	spouses must be Joint Owners; or
–	one spouse must be the sole Owner and Annuitant and the other spouse must be the sole primary Beneficiary.

•	Qualified Contracts:

–

one spouse must be the sole Owner and Annuitant and the other spouse must be the sole primary Beneficiary; or

–

if the Owner is a qualified plan or a custodian, then one spouse must be the Annuitant and the other spouse must be the sole contingent Beneficiary because we also require the qualified plan or custodian to be the sole primary Beneficiary. This structure allows the surviving non-Annuitant spouse to continue to receive lifetime payments, assuming the surviving non-Annuitant spouse is the beneficiary under the qualified plan or custodial IRA.

You cannot add, remove or replace a Covered Person after the rider effective date if you have Income Protector or Income Focus.

Joint Covered Persons must qualify as spouses under federal tax law until the benefit ends. Until then, if at any time joint Covered Persons are no longer spouses you must send us written notice, and we will remove one former spouse from the Contract as a Covered Person and also as an Owner, Joint Owner and Annuitant.

If we remove one joint Covered Person, we do not change your rider charge; we continue to assess the charge associated with joint lifetime payments. We also calculate lifetime payments based on the originally named joint Covered Persons and their ages. However, lifetime payments will continue and end based on the life of the remaining Covered Person. If we remove all Covered Persons from the Contract, the benefit and any lifetime payments end.

Once we remove a Covered Person, he or she cannot be reinstated.

• For Joint Owners selecting single lifetime payments: If you are no longer spouses on the date of an Owner’s death and the Contract Value is positive, we pay any applicable death benefit to the Beneficiary(s) and the benefit and any lifetime payments end. This means Lifetime Plus Payments or Income Focus Payments are no longer available even if a Covered Person is still alive.

Payee

The Payee is the person or entity who receives Annuity Payments during the Annuity Phase. The Owner receives tax reporting on those payments. Generally we require the Payee to be an Owner. However, we may allow you to name a charitable trust, financial institution, qualified plan, or an individual specified in a court order as a Payee subject to our approval. For Qualified Contracts owned by a qualified plan, the qualified plan must be the Payee.

Assignments, Changes of Ownership and Other Transfers of Contract Rights

You can assign your rights under this Contract to someone else during the Accumulation Phase. An assignment may be absolute or limited, and includes changes of ownership, collateral assignments, or any other transfer of specific Contract rights. After an assignment, you may need the consent of the assignee of record to exercise certain Contract rights depending on the type of assignment and the rights assigned.

You must submit your request to assign the Contract in writing to our Service Center and we must approve it in writing. To the extent permitted by state law, we reserve the right to refuse to consent to any assignment at any time on a nondiscriminatory basis. We will not consent if the assignment would violate or result in noncompliance with any applicable state or federal law or regulation.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

Upon our consent, we record the assignment. We are not responsible for the validity or effect of the assignment. We are not liable for any actions we take or payments we make before we receive your request in Good Order and record it. A request is in “Good Order” when it contains all the information we require to process it. Assigning the Contract does not change, revoke or replace the originally named Annuitant or Beneficiary; if you also want to change the Annuitant or Beneficiary you must make a separate request.

An assignment may be a taxable event. In addition, there are other restrictions on changing the ownership of a Qualified Contract and Qualified Contracts generally cannot be assigned absolutely or on a limited basis. You should consult with your tax adviser before assigning this Contract.

• An assignment does not change the Determining Life (Lives). The Traditional Death Benefit and Quarterly Value Death Benefit are only available on the death of a Determining Life. If you assign the Contract and the Determining Life (Lives) are no longer an Owner (or Annuitant if the Owner is a non-individual) the Traditional Death Benefit or Quarterly Value Death Benefit may not be available and your Beneficiary(s) will only receive the Contract Value.

• An assignment does not change the Covered Person(s) for Contracts with Income Protector or Income Focus. Following an assignment or change of ownership/Annuitant/Beneficiary, if all Covered Persons no longer have the required relationship as stated under “Covered Person(s)” in this section (Owner, Annuitant or sole Beneficiary) your selected benefit and any lifetime payments end. Any existing Contract assignment must be removed before you begin receiving lifetime payments. We may make exceptions to the removal of a Contract assignment in order to comply with applicable law. This means that Lifetime Plus Payments or Income Focus Payments may end even if the Covered Person is still alive.

3. Purchasing the Contract

Purchase Requirements

To purchase this Contract, all Owners and the Annuitant must be age 80 or younger on the Issue Date.

The Purchase Payment requirements for this Contract are as follows.

•	The minimum initial Purchase Payment due on the Issue Date is $10,000.
•	If you do not have Income Protector, or the previously available Income Focus or Investment Protector, you can make additional Purchase Payments of $50 or more during the Accumulation Phase.
•	If you have Income Protector, or the previously available Income Focus or Investment Protector, we restrict additional Purchase Payments. Each rider year that we allow additional payments you cannot add more than your initial amount without our prior approval. Your initial amount is all Purchase Payments received before the first Quarterly Anniversary of the first Contract Year. A Contract Year is a period of twelve months beginning on the Issue Date or any subsequent Contract Anniversary. If you have Income Protector or Income Focus, we do not allow additional payments on or after the date Lifetime Plus Payments or Income Focus Payments begin (Benefit Date). If you have the previously available Investment Protector we do not allow additional payments on or after the third rider anniversary. If your benefit is effective on the Issue Date, we allow you to add up to the initial amount in the remainder of the first Contract Year (the first Quarterly Anniversary to the last Business Day before the first Contract Anniversary). The minimum additional Purchase Payment we will accept is $50.
	If you remove Income Protector, Income Focus or Investment Protector, these restrictions no longer apply.
•	If you select the Quarterly Value Death Benefit, you must also select Income Protector.
•	We do not accept additional Purchase Payments on or after the Annuity Date.
•	The maximum total Purchase Payments we accept without our prior approval is $1 million.

We may, at our sole discretion, waive the minimum Purchase Payment requirements.

Once we receive your initial Purchase Payment and all necessary information in Good Order at our Service Center, we issue the Contract within two Business Days and allocate your payment to your selected Investment Options. If you do not give us all of the information we need, we contact you or your Financial Professional. If for some reason we are unable to complete this process within five Business Days, we either send back your money or get your permission to keep it until we get all of the necessary information.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

If you make additional Purchase Payments, we add this money to your Contract on the Business Day we receive it in Good Order. Our Business Day closes when regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange closes.

If you submit a Purchase Payment and/or application to your Financial Professional, we do not begin processing the payment and/or application until we receive it. A Purchase Payment is “received” when it arrives at our Service Center from the address for mailing checks listed at the back of this prospectus regardless of how or when you submitted them. We forward Purchase Payments we receive at the wrong address to the last address listed at the back of this prospectus, which may delay processing.

We may terminate your ability to make additional Purchase Payments because we reserve the right to decline any or all Purchase Payments at any time on a nondiscriminatory basis. This applies to Contracts issued in all states except those listed in Appendix J. If mandated under applicable law, we may be required to reject a Purchase Payment. If we exercise our right to no longer allow additional Purchase Payments this may limit your ability to fund your Contract’s guaranteed benefits such as Income Protector’s Benefit Base, Income Focus’ Income Values, Investment Protector’s Target Value or the Quarterly Value Death Benefit’s Quarterly Anniversary Value.

Applications Sent Electronically

We accept manually signed applications that are in Good Order and are sent by fax, or email, or uploaded to our website. It is important to verify receipt of any faxed application, or to receive a confirmation number when using email or the web. We are not liable for applications that we do not receive. A manually signed application sent by fax, email or over the web is considered the same as an application delivered by mail. Our electronic systems (fax, email or website) may not always be available; any electronic system can experience outages or slowdowns which may delay application processing. Although we have taken precautions to help our system handle heavy use, we cannot promise complete reliability. If you experience problems, please submit your written application by mail to our Service Center. We reserve the right to discontinue or modify our electronic application policy at any time and for any reason.

Allocation of Purchase Payments

You must allocate your money to the Investment Options in whole percentages. We allow you to invest in up to 15 Investment Options at any one time. We may change this maximum in the future, but you can always invest in at least five Investment Options.

You can instruct us how to allocate additional Purchase Payments. If you do not instruct us, we allocate them according to your future Purchase Payment allocation instructions. Contract Value transfers between Investment Options do not change your future allocation instructions, or how we rebalance your Contract Value quarterly if you have Income Protector, Income Focus or Investment Protector. For more information, see section 5, Investment Options – Electronic Investment Option Transfer and Allocation Instructions.

You can change your future allocation instructions at any time without fee or penalty. Future allocation instruction changes are effective on the Business Day we receive them in Good Order at our Service Center. We accept changes to future allocation instructions from any Owner unless you instruct otherwise. We may allow you to authorize someone else to change allocation instructions on your behalf.

Automatic Investment Plan (AIP)

The AIP makes additional Purchase Payments during the Accumulation Phase on a monthly or quarterly basis by electronic money transfer from your savings, checking or brokerage account. You can participate in AIP by completing our AIP form. Our Service Center must receive your form in Good Order by the 15th of the month (or the next Business Day if the 15th is not a Business day) in order for AIP to begin that same month. We process AIP Purchase Payments on the 20th of the month, or the next Business Day if the 20th is not a Business Day. We allocate AIP Purchase Payments according to your future allocation instructions. AIP Purchase Payments must comply with the allocation requirements and restrictions stated in this section, including the initial amount if you have Income Protector, Income Focus or Investment Protector. AIP has a maximum of $1,000 per month. We must receive your request to stop or change AIP at our Service Center by 4 p.m. Eastern Time on the Business Day immediately before the Business Day we process AIP to make the change that month. AIP ends automatically as follows.

•	If you begin Annuity Payments, AIP ends on the Business Day before the Annuity Date.
•	If you have Income Protector or Income Focus, AIP ends on the Benefit Date.
•	If you have Investment Protector, AIP ends on the third rider anniversary.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

We reserve the right to discontinue or modify AIP at any time and for any reason.

• For Owners of Qualified Contracts, AIP is not available if your Contract is funding a plan that is tax qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code.

Dollar Cost Averaging (DCA) Program

The DCA program transfers Contract Value monthly from the AZL Government Money Market Fund to your selected Investment Options. By allocating on a regularly scheduled basis, as opposed to making a one-time allocation, your Contract Value may be less susceptible to market fluctuations. However, dollar cost averaging does not directly result in a Contract Value gain or protect against a market loss.

You can participate in either the six- or twelve-month DCA program by completing our DCA form. You can participate in this program, during the Accumulation Phase, one or more times. There are no fees for DCA transfers and currently, we do not count them as a free transfer. We reserve the right to discontinue or modify the DCA program at any time and for any reason.

If you choose to participate immediately in this program, we apply 100% of the initial Purchase Payment to the AZL Government Money Market Fund. If you choose to participate later, you must allocate at least $1,500 to the AZL Government Money Market Fund. Each month while the program is in effect, we transfer Contract Value applied to the DCA program from the AZL Government Money Market Fund according to your future Purchase Payment allocation instructions.

Information on the AZL Government Money Market Fund can be found in section 5, Investment Options; Appendix A – Annual Operating Expenses for Each Investment Option; and in the AZL Government Money Market Fund prospectus that you can obtain from your Financial Professional or us by calling the toll-free telephone number at the back of this prospectus.

We make DCA transfers on the tenth of the month, or the next Business Day if the tenth is not a Business Day. We must receive your DCA form in Good Order at our Service Center by 4 p.m. Eastern Time on the Business Day before we process these transfers or your participation does not begin until next month.

Your participation ends on the earliest of the following:

•	the Benefit Date that Lifetime Plus Payments begin if you have Income Protector;
•	you request to end the program (your request must be received at our Service Center by 4 p.m. Eastern Time on the Business Day immediately before the tenth to end that month);
•	the DCA program period ends (which is either six or twelve months); or
•	your Contract ends.

If the DCA program ends at your request or because you request Lifetime Plus Payments, on the Business Day your program ends we transfer any remaining DCA program Contract Value in the AZL Government Money Market Fund according to your future allocation instructions.

• For Contracts with Income Protector or Investment Protector, quarterly rebalancing transfers under these benefits do not move Contract Value allocated to the DCA program into or out of the AZL Government Money Market Fund.

• This program is not available if you have Income Focus.

Free Look/Right to Examine Period

If you change your mind about owning the Contract, you can cancel it within ten days after receiving it (or the period required in your state). If you cancel within the allowed period, in most states we return your Contract Value as of the Business Day we receive your cancellation request in Good Order. This may be more or less than your initial Purchase Payment. In states that require us to return Purchase Payments less withdrawals if you cancel your Contract, we return Contract Value less withdrawal charges if greater.

IRA Contracts require us to return Purchase Payments less withdrawals. If you cancel your IRA Contract, we return the greater of Purchase Payments less withdrawals or Contract Value.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

For Contracts that require return of Purchase Payments, we reserve the right to allocate your initial Purchase Payment to the AZL Government Money Market Fund until the free look period ends, and then re-allocate your money, less fees and charges, according to your future Purchase Payment allocation instructions. If we do this, we return the greater of Purchase Payments less withdrawals, or Contract Value. We do not assess a withdrawal charge or deduct any Contract fees or charges other than the m&e charge if you cancel your Contract during the free look period. In the Contract, the free look provision is also called the right to examine.

4. Valuing Your Contract

Your Contract Value increases and decreases based on Purchase Payments , transfers, withdrawals, deduction of fees and charges, and your selected Investment Options’ performance.

We place Purchase Payments you allocate to the Investment Options into subaccounts under our Separate Account (Allianz Life Variable Account B). Each subaccount invests exclusively in one Investment Option. We use accumulation units to account for all amounts allocated to or withdrawn from each subaccount.

Accumulation Units

When we receive a Purchase Payment at our Service Center, we credit your Contract with accumulation units based on the Purchase Payment amount and daily price (accumulation unit value) for the subaccount of your selected Investment Option. A subaccount’s accumulation unit value is based on the price (net asset value) of the underlying Investment Option. An Investment Option’s net asset value is typically determined at the end of each Business Day, and any Purchase Payment received at or after the end of the current Business Day receives the next Business Day’s price.

We arbitrarily set the initial accumulation unit value for each subaccount. On the Issue Date, the number of accumulation units in each subaccount is equal to the initial Purchase Payment amount allocated to a subaccount, divided by that subaccount’s accumulation unit value.

Example

•	On Wednesday, we receive at our Service Center an additional Purchase Payment of $3,000 from you before the end of the Business Day.
•	When the New York Stock Exchange closes on that Wednesday, we determine that the accumulation unit value is $13.25 for your selected Investment Option.

We then divide $3,000 by $13.25 and credit your Contract on Wednesday night with 226.415094 subaccount accumulation units for your selected Investment Option.

At the end of each Business Day, we adjust the number of accumulation units in each subaccount as follows. Additional Purchase Payments and transfers into a subaccount increase the number of accumulation units. Withdrawals, transfers out of a subaccount, and the deduction of any Contract charge other than the M&E charge decrease the number of accumulation units. The M&E charge reduces the accumulation unit value, not the number of accumulation units.

At the end of each Business Day for each subaccount, we multiply the accumulation unit value at the end of the prior Business Day by the percentage change in value of an Investment Option since the prior Business Day. The percentage change includes both the market performance of the Investment Option and the assessed M&E Charge.

Computing Contract Value

We calculate your Contract Value at the end of each Business Day by multiplying each subaccount’s accumulation unit value by its number of accumulation units, and then adding those results together for all subaccounts. Additional Purchase Payments increase your Contract Value, withdrawals and Contract charges reduce your Contract Value.

5. Investment Options

The following table lists this Contract’s Investment Options and their associated investment advisers and subadvisers, investment objectives, and principle investment strategies. Depending on market conditions, you can gain or lose value by investing in the Investment Options. In the future, we may add, eliminate or substitute Investment Options to the extent permitted by the federal securities laws and, when required, the Securities & Exchange Commission. Certain Investment Options listed here may not be available to you as disclosed in the list of Investment Options at the front of this prospectus.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

You should read the Investment Options’ prospectuses carefully. The Investment Options invest in different types of securities and follow varying investment strategies. There are potential risks associated with each of these types of securities and investment strategies. The operation of the Investment Options and their various risks and expenses are described in the Investment Options’ prospectuses. We send you the current copy of the Investment Options’ prospectus when we issue the Contract. You can also obtain the current Investment Options’ prospectus by contacting your Financial Professional or calling us at the toll-free telephone number listed at the back of this prospectus.

Currently, the Investment Options are not publicly traded mutual funds. They are available only as investment options in variable annuity contracts or variable life insurance policies issued by life insurance companies or in some cases, through participation in certain qualified pension or retirement plans. A material conflict of interest may arise between insurance companies, owners of different types of contracts, and retirement plans or their participants. Each Investment Option’s Board of Directors monitors for material conflicts, and determines what action, if any, should be taken to address any conflicts.

The names, investment objectives and policies of certain Investment Options may be similar to the names, investment objectives and policies of other portfolios managed by the same investment advisers. Although the names, objectives and policies may be similar, the Investment Options investment results may be higher or lower than these other portfolios’ results. The investment advisers cannot guarantee, and make no representation, that these similar funds’ investment results will be comparable even though the Investment Options have the same names, investment advisers, objectives, and policies.

Each Investment Option offered by the Allianz Variable Insurance Products Fund of Funds Trust (Allianz VIP Fund of Funds Trust) is a “fund of funds” and diversifies its assets by investing primarily in shares of several other affiliated mutual funds.

The Investment Options may pay 12b-1 fees to the Contracts’ distributor, our affiliate, Allianz Life Financial Services, LLC, for distribution and/or administrative services. In addition, we may enter into certain arrangements under which we, or Allianz Life Financial Services, LLC, are compensated by the Investment Options’ advisers, distributors and/or affiliates for administrative services and benefits we provide to the Investment Options. The compensation amount usually is based on the Investment Options’ aggregate assets purchased through contracts we issue or administer. Some advisers may pay us more or less than others. The maximum service fee we currently receive is 0.35% annually of the average aggregate amount invested by us in the Investment Options.

The Allianz VIP Fund of Funds Trust underlying funds do not pay 12b-1 fees or service fees to the Trust, and the Trust does not charge 12b-1 fees or service fees. The Allianz VIP Fund of Funds Trust underlying funds or their advisers may pay service fees to us and our affiliates for providing customer service and other administrative services to you. Service fees may vary depending on the underlying fund.

We offer other variable annuity contracts that may invest in these Investment Options. These contracts may have different charges and may offer different benefits more appropriate to your needs. For more information about these contracts, please contact our Service Center.

The following advisers and subadvisers are affiliated with us through common ownership: Allianz Investment Management LLC, Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC, NFJ Investment Group LLC, and Pacific Investment Management Company LLC.

INVESTMENT OPTIONS

Investment Management Company and Adviser/Subadviser	Investment Option Name	Asset Class	Investment Objective	Principal Investment Strategies (Normal market conditions)
ALLIANZ
Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC/Allianz Global Investors U.S. LLC	RCM Dynamic Multi-Asset Plus VIT Portfolio	Specialty	Long-term capital appreciation	Invests in a globally diverse combination of equity securities and U.S. dollar denominated fixed income securities, including emerging markets, and targets a strategic asset allocation of 60% equity exposure and 40% fixed income exposure. Seeks to limit downside risk by moving toward less volatile asset classes during periods of high market volatility.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

Investment Management Company and Adviser/Subadviser	Investment Option Name	Asset Class	Investment Objective	Principal Investment Strategies (Normal market conditions)
ALLIANZ FUND OF FUNDS
Allianz Investment Management LLC	AZL Balanced Index Strategy Fund	A “Fund of Funds” Model Portfolio	Long-term capital appreciation with preservation of capital as an important consideration	Invests primarily in a combination of five underlying bond and equity index funds, to achieve a range generally from 40% to 60% of assets in the underlying equity index funds and 40% to 60% in the underlying bond index fund.
	AZL DFA Multi-Strategy Fund	A “Fund of Funds” Model Portfolio	Long-term capital appreciation	Invests primarily in a combination of four underlying funds subadvised by Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, with approximately 60% of assets in the underlying equity funds and 40% in the underlying bond fund.
	AZL Moderate Index Strategy Fund	Specialty	Long-term capital appreciation	Invests primarily in a combination of five underlying bond and equity index funds, to achieve a range generally from 50% to 70% of assets in the underlying equity index funds and 30% to 50% in the underlying bond index fund.
	AZL MVP Balanced Index Strategy Fund	A “Fund of Funds” Model Portfolio	Long-term capital appreciation with preservation of capital as an important consideration	Invests primarily (approximately 95%) in a combination of five underlying index funds (generally allocated 40% to 60% to underlying equity index funds and 40% to 60% to underlying bond index funds), combined with the MVP (Managed Volatility Portfolio) risk management process intended to adjust the risk of the portfolio based on quantitative indicators of market risk.
	AZL MVP BlackRock Global Strategy Plus Fund	Specialty	High total investment return	Invests primarily (approximately 95%) in a combination of three underlying funds including AZL BlackRock Global Allocation Fund (50%), AZL MSCI Global Equity Index Fund (20%) and AZL Enhanced Bond Index Fund (30%) under normal market conditions, combined with the MVP (Managed Volatility Portfolio) risk management process intended to adjust the risk of the portfolio based on quantitative indicators of market risk.
	AZL MVP DFA Multi-Strategy Fund	A “Fund of Funds” Model Portfolio	Long-term capital appreciation	Invests primarily (approximately 95%) in a combination of four underlying funds subadvised by Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, combined with the MVP (Managed Volatility Portfolio) risk management process intended to adjust the risk of the portfolio based on quantitative indicators of market risk.
	AZL MVP Fidelity Institutional Asset Management^® Multi-Strategy Fund	Specialty	High level of current income while maintaining prospects for capital appreciation	Invests primarily (approximately 95%) in the underlying AZL Fidelity Institutional Asset Management^® Multi-Strategy Fund, combined with the MVP (Managed Volatility Portfolio) risk management process intended to adjust the risk of the portfolio based on quantitative indicators of market risk.
	AZL MVP Fusion Dynamic Balanced Fund	A “Fund of Funds” Model Portfolio	Long-term capital appreciation with preservation of capital as an important consideration	Invests primarily (approximately 95%) in a combination of underlying investments, to achieve a range generally from 40% to 60% of assets in equity funds and approximately 40% to 60% invested in fixed income funds, combined with the MVP (Managed Volatility Portfolio) risk management process intended to adjust the risk of the portfolio based on quantitative indicators of market risk.
	AZL MVP Fusion Dynamic Conservative Fund	A “Fund of Funds” Model Portfolio	Long-term capital appreciation with preservation of capital as an important consideration	Invests primarily (approximately 95%) in a combination of underlying investments, to achieve a range generally from 25% to 45% of assets in equity funds and approximately 55% to 75% invested in fixed income funds, combined with the MVP (Managed Volatility Portfolio) risk management process intended to adjust the risk of the portfolio based on quantitative indicators of market risk.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

Investment Management Company and Adviser/Subadviser	Investment Option Name	Asset Class	Investment Objective	Principal Investment Strategies (Normal market conditions)
	AZL MVP Fusion Dynamic Moderate Fund	A “Fund of Funds” Model Portfolio	Long-term capital appreciation	Invests primarily (approximately 95%) in a combination of underlying investments, to achieve a range generally from 50% to 70% of assets in equity funds and approximately 30% to 50% invested in fixed income funds, combined with the MVP (Managed Volatility Portfolio) risk management process intended to adjust the risk of the portfolio based on quantitative indicators of market risk.
	AZL MVP Growth Index Strategy Fund	A “Fund of Funds” Model Portfolio	Long-term capital appreciation	Invests primarily (approximately 95%) in a combination of five underlying index funds (generally allocated 65% to 85% to underlying equity index funds and 15% to 35% to underlying bond index funds), combined with the MVP (Managed Volatility Portfolio) risk management process intended to adjust the risk of the portfolio based on quantitative indicators of market risk.
	AZL MVP Moderate Index Strategy Fund	Specialty	Long-term capital appreciation	Invests primarily (approximately 95%) in a combination of five underlying index funds (generally allocated 50% to 70% to underlying equity index funds and 30% to 50% to underlying bond index funds), combined with the MVP (Managed Volatility Portfolio) risk management process intended to adjust the risk of the portfolio based on quantitative indicators of market risk.
	AZL MVP T. Rowe Price Capital Appreciation Plus Fund	Specialty	Long term capital appreciation with preservation of capital as an important intermediate-term objective	Invests primarily (approximately 95%) in a combination of three underlying funds including AZL T. Rowe Price Capital Appreciation Fund (50%), approximately 30% in the AZL S&P 500 Fund and 20% in the AZL Enhanced Bond Index Fund, combined with the MVP (Managed Volatility Portfolio) risk management process intended to adjust the risk of the portfolio based on quantitative indicators of market risk.
BLACKROCK
Allianz Investment Management LLC/BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.	AZL Enhanced Bond Index Fund	Intermediate-Term Bonds	Exceed total return of the Barclays Capital U.S. Aggregate Bond Index	Invests at least 80% of net assets in investment-grade debt securities of all types and repurchase agreements for those securities.
Allianz Investment Management LLC/BlackRock Advisors, LLC	AZL Government Money Market Fund	Cash Equivalent	Current income consistent with stability of principal	Invests at least 99.5% of its total assets in cash, government securities, or repurchase agreements that are collateralized fully. Invests at least 80% in government securities or in repurchase agreements collateralized by government securities. Investments include U.S. Treasury bills, notes and other obligations issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, and repurchase agreements secured by such obligations. In addition, the Fund may invest in variable and floating rate instruments. During extended periods of low interest rates, and due in part to contract fees and expenses, the yield of the AZL Government Money Market Fund may also become extremely low and possibly negative.
Allianz Investment Management LLC/BlackRock Investment Management, LLC	AZL International Index Fund	International	Seeks to match the performance of the MSCI EAFE^® Index as closely as possible	Invests at least 80% of its assets in a statistically selected sampling of equity securities of companies included in the Morgan Stanley Capital International Europe, Australasia and Far East Index (MSCI EAFE) and in derivative instruments linked to the MSCI EAFE Index.
	AZL Mid Cap Index Fund	Mid Cap	Seeks to match the performance of the Standard & Poor’s MidCap 400^® Index (“S&P 400 Index”) as closely as possible	Invests at least 80% of the value of its net assets in a statistically selected sampling of equity securities of companies included in the S&P 400 Index and in derivative instruments linked to the S&P 400 Index, primarily futures contracts.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

Investment Management Company and Adviser/Subadviser	Investment Option Name	Asset Class	Investment Objective	Principal Investment Strategies (Normal market conditions)
	AZL MSCI Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund	Specialty	Seeks to match the performance of the MSCI Emerging Markets Index as closely as possible	Generally invests at least 90% of its assets in the securities of the MSCI Emerging Markets Index, and in depositary receipts representing securities in the underlying index.
	AZL MSCI Global Equity Index Fund	International Equity	Seeks to match the performance of the MSCI World Index as closely as possible	Generally invests at least 90% of its assets in securities of the MSCI World Index, and in depositary receipts representing securities of the underlying index.
	AZL Russell 1000 Growth Index Fund	Large Growth	Seeks to match the total return of the Russell 1000^® Growth Index	Generally invests at least 80% of the value of its net assets in a statistically selected sampling of securities of companies included in the Russell 1000 Growth Index or in derivative instruments linked to that Index, primarily stock index futures contracts.
	AZL Russell 1000 Value Index Fund	Large Value	Seeks to match the total return of the Russell 1000^® Value Index	Generally invests at least 80% of the value of its net assets in a statistically selected sampling of securities of companies included in the Russell 1000 Value Index or in derivative instruments linked to that Index, primarily stock index futures contracts.
	AZL S&P 500 Index Fund	Large Blend	Seeks to match total return of the S&P 500^®	Generally invests at least 80% of the value of its net assets in the securities of or in a statistically selected sampling of the securities of companies included in the S&P 500 Index or in derivative instruments linked to that Index.
	AZL Small Cap Stock Index Fund	Small Cap	Seeks to match performance of the S&P SmallCap 600 Index^®	Invests at least 80% of its assets in investments of small capitalization companies, with market capitalizations at the time of purchase, included in the S&P SmallCap 600 Index.
BlackRock Advisors, LLC/BlackRock Investment Management, LLC and BlackRock International Limited	BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund	Specialty	High total investment return	Invests in both equity and debt securities, including money market securities, of issuers located around the world. Seeks diversification across markets, industries, and issuers. May invest in securities of companies of any market capitalization and in REITs.
DAVIS
Davis Selected Advisers, L.P.	Davis VA Financial Portfolio	Specialty	Long-term growth of capital	At least 80% of net assets in securities issued by companies principally engaged in the financial services sector.
DIMENSIONAL
Managed by Allianz Investment Management LLC/Dimensional Fund Advisors LP	AZL DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Fund	Global Bond	The Fund seeks to provide a market rate of return for a fixed income portfolio with low relative volatility of returns, and seeks to focus the eligible universe on securities with relatively less expected upward or downward movement in market value	Invests generally in a universe of U.S. and foreign debt securities maturing in five years or less. Under normal circumstances, the fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets in fixed income securities that mature within five years from the date of settlement
FIDELITY INSTITUTIONAL ASSET MANAGEMENT^®
Managed by Allianz Investment Management LLC/FIAM^® LLC/Geode Capital Managenent, LLC	AZL Fidelity Institutional Asset Management^® Multi-Strategy Fund	Specialty	High level of current income while maintaining prospects for capital appreciation	Approximately 60% of the Fund’s assets will be managed by FIAM^® LLC, which will invest primarily in investment-grade debt securities. Approximately 40% of the Fund’s assets will be managed by Geode Capital Management, LLC which will invest primarily in the equities securities of large cap companies.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

Investment Management Company and Adviser/Subadviser	Investment Option Name	Asset Class	Investment Objective	Principal Investment Strategies (Normal market conditions)
Managed by Allianz Investment Management LLC/ FIAM^® LLC	AZL Fidelity Institutional Asset Management^® Total Bond Fund	Intermediate-Term Bond	High level of current income	Invests at least 80% of its net assets in debt securities of all types and in instruments related to such securities, such as repurchase agreements on such securities, and uses the Barclays Capital U.S. Aggregate Bond Index as a guide in structuring the Fund.
FIDELITY MANAGEMENT & RESEARCH COMPANY
Fidelity Management & Research Company/FMR Co., Inc.	Fidelity VIP FundsManager 50% Portfolio	Model Portfolio (Fund of Funds)	High total return	Invests in a combination of underlying Fidelity retail and variable insurance products funds using a target allocation of approximately 35% domestic equity funds, 15% international equity funds, 40% fixed income funds and 10% money market funds, to achieve portfolio characteristics similar to the VIP FundsManager 50% Composite Index.
	Fidelity VIP FundsManager 60% Portfolio	Model Portfolio (Fund of Funds)	High total return	Invests in a combination of underlying Fidelity retail and variable insurance products funds using a target allocation of approximately 42% domestic equity funds, 18% international equity funds, 35% fixed income funds and 5% money market funds, to achieve portfolio characteristics similar to the VIP FundsManager 60% Composite Index.
FRANKLIN TEMPLETON
Franklin Advisers, Inc.	Franklin Allocation VIP Fund	Specialty	Capital appreciation with income as a secondary goal	Normally allocates approximately 60% to equity investments and approximately 40% to fixed income investments of U.S. and foreign companies.
	Franklin Income VIP Fund	Specialty	Maximize income while maintaining prospects for capital appreciation	Normally invests in a diversified portfolio of debt and equity securities.
Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC	Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund	Large Value	Capital appreciation, with income as a secondary goal	Invests primarily in U.S. and foreign equity securities that the investment manager believes are undervalued.
Franklin Advisers, Inc.	Franklin U.S. Government Securities VIP Fund	Intermediate-Term Bonds	Income	At least 80% of its net assets in U.S. government securities.
	Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund	Intermediate-Term Bonds	High current income, consisent with preservation of capital, with capital appreciation as a secondary consideration	Normally invests at least 80% of its net assets in bonds, which include debt securities of any maturity, such as bonds, notes, bills and debentures.
Templeton Global Advisors Limited	Templeton Growth VIP Fund	International Equity	Long-term capital growth	Normally invests predominantly in equity securities of companies located anywhere in the world, including developing markets.
GATEWAY
Allianz Investment Management LLC/Gateway Investment Advisors, LLC	AZL Gateway Fund	Specialty	Capture equity market investment returns, while exposing investors to less risk than other equity investments	Normally invests in a broadly diversified portfolio of common stocks, while also selling index call options and purchasing index put options. May invest in companies with small, medium or large market capitalizations and in foreign securities traded in U.S. markets.
J.P. MORGAN
J.P. Morgan Investment Management, Inc.	JPMorgan Insurance Trust Core Bond Portfolio	Intermediate-Term Bonds	Maximize total return	Invests at least 80% of net assets in bonds with intermediate to long-term maturities.
METWEST
Allianz Investment Management LLC/Metropolitan West Asset Management, LLC	AZL MetWest Total Return Bond Fund	Intermediate-Term Bonds	Maximize long-term total return	At least 80% of its net assets in investment grade fixed income securities or unrated securities that are determined by the subadviser to be of similar quality and in fixed income securities it regards as bonds. The portfolio duration is two to eight years and the dollar-weighted average maturity ranges from two to fifteen years. The Fund invests in the U.S. and abroad, including emerging markets.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

Investment Management Company and Adviser/Subadviser	Investment Option Name	Asset Class	Investment Objective	Principal Investment Strategies (Normal market conditions)
MFS
Massachusetts Financial Services Company	MFS VIT Total Return Bond Portfolio	Intermediate-Term Bond	Total return with an emphasis on current income, but also considering capital appreciation	Invests at least 80% of net assets in debt instruments, mainly investment grade, but also in less than investment grade quality debt instruments. May also invest in foreign securities and may use derivatives for any investment purpose.
MORGAN STANLEY
Allianz Investment Management LLC/Morgan Stanley Investment Management, Inc.	AZL Morgan Stanley Global Real Estate Fund	Specialty	Income and capital appreciation	Invests at least 80% of assets in equity securities of companies in the real estate industry located throughout the world, including real estate investment trusts and real estate operating companies established outside the U.S.
PIMCO
Pacific Investment Management Company LLC	PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio	Specialty (Fund of Funds)	Maximum real return consistent with preservation of real capital and prudent investment management	Invests substantially all of its assets in institutional class shares of the underlying PIMCO Funds.
	PIMCO VIT Balanced Allocation Portfolio	Specialty	Total return which exceeds that of its benchmark	Invests in equity derivatives and other equity-related investments that provide equity-related exposure equivalent to 50-70% of its net assets (“Equity Sleeve”) and the remainder of its net assets in a diversified portfolio of Fixed Income Instruments (“Fixed Income Sleeve”).
	PIMCO VIT CommodityReal Return^® Strategy Portfolio	Specialty	Maximum real return consistent with prudent investment management	Invests in commodity linked derivative instruments backed by a portfolio of inflation-indexed securities and other fixed income securities.
	PIMCO VIT Dynamic Bond Portfolio	Specialty	Maximum long-term return, consistent with preservation of capital and prudent investment management	At least 80% of its assets in a diversified portfolio of fixed income instruments of varying maturities, which may be represented by forwards or derivatives such as options, futures contracts, or swap agreements.
	PIMCO VIT Emerging Markets Bond Portfolio	Intermediate-Term Bonds	Maximum total return, consistent with preservation of capital and prudent investment management	At least 80% of its assets in fixed income instruments of issuers that economically are tied to emerging markets countries.
	PIMCO VIT Global Bond Opportunities Portfolio (Unhedged)	Intermediate-Term Bonds	Maximum total return, consistent with preservation of capital and prudent investment management	At least 80% of its assets in fixed income instruments of issuers in at least three countries (one of which may be the U.S.), which may be represented by forwards or derivatives. May invest, without limitation, in securities economically tied to emerging market countries.
	PIMCO VIT Global Core Bond (Hedged) Portfolio	Intermediate-Term Bonds	Total return which exceeds that of its benchmark	At least 80% of its assets in fixed income instruments that are economically tied to at least three countries (one of which may be the United States), which may be represented by forwards or derivatives such as options, futures contracts, or swap agreements.
	PIMCO VIT Global Multi-Asset Managed Allocation Portfolio	Specialty	Total return which exceeds that of a blend of 60% MSCI World Index/40% Barclays U.S. Aggregate Index	Invests in a combination of affiliated and unaffiliated funds, fixed income instruments, equity securities, forwards and derivatives. Typically invests 50% to 70% of total assets in equity-related investments.
	PIMCO VIT High Yield Portfolio	High-Yield Bonds	Maximum total return, consistent with preservation of capital and prudent investment management	At least 80% of assets in a diversified portfolio of high-yield securities (“junk bonds”) rated below investment grade by Moody’s or equivalently rated by S&P or Fitch. May invest up to 20% of total asets in securities denominated in foreign currencies.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

Investment Management Company and Adviser/Subadviser	Investment Option Name	Asset Class	Investment Objective	Principal Investment Strategies (Normal market conditions)
	PIMCO VIT Long-Term U.S. Government Portfolio	Speciality	Maximum total return, consistent with preservation of capital and prudent investment management	At least 80% of assets in a diversified portfolio of fixed income securities that are issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or government-sponsored enterprises, which may be represented by forwards or derivatives. May also invest in other types of fixed income instruments.
	PIMCO VIT Real Return Portfolio	Intermediate-Term Bonds	Maximum real return, consistent with preservation of real capital and prudent investment management	At least 80% of its net assets in inflation-indexed bonds of varying maturities issued by the U.S. and non-U.S. governments, their agencies or instrumentalities and corporations.
	PIMCO VIT StocksPLUS^® Global Portfolio	International Equity	Total return, which exceeds that of its secondary benchmark index consistent with prudent investment management	The Portfolio normally uses equity derivatives instead of stocks to attempt to equal or exceed the daily performance of the Secondary Index (50% S&P 500 Index/50% MSCI EAFE Net Dividend Index (USD Unhedged)). Derivatives may be purchased with a small fraction of the assets that would be needed to purchase the equity securities directly, so that the remainder of the assets may be invested in Fixed Income Instruments with a view toward enhancing the Portfolio's total return, subject to an overall portfolio duration which is normally not expected to exceed one year.
	PIMCO VIT Total Return Portfolio	Intermediate-Term Bonds	Maximum total return, consistent with preservation of capital and prudent investment management	At least 65% of total assets in a diversified portfolio of fixed income instruments of varying maturities, which may be represented by forwards or derivatives such as options, futures contracts, or swap agreements.
T. ROWE PRICE
Allianz Investment Management LLC/T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.	AZL T. Rowe Price Capital Appreciation Fund	Specialty	Long-term capital appreciation with preservation of capital as an important intermediate-term objective	Invests at least 50% of its total assets in the common stocks of established U.S. companies that the subadviser believes has above-average potential for capital growth. The remaining assets are generally invested in convertible securities, corporate and government debt, bank loans, and foreign securities. The Investment Option may invest up to 25% of its total assets in foreign securities.

Substitution and Limitation on Further Investments

We may substitute another Investment Option for one of your selected Investment Options, for any reason in our sole discretion. To the extent required by the Investment Company Act of 1940 or other applicable law, we do not substitute any shares without SEC approval and providing you notice. We may make substitutions with respect to your existing allocations, future Purchase Payment allocations, or both. New or substitute Investment Options may have different fees and expenses, and their availability may be limited to certain purchaser classes. We may limit further Investment Option allocations if marketing, tax or investment considerations warrant, or for any reason in our sole discretion. We may also close Investment Options to additional allocations. The fund companies that sell Investment Option shares to us, pursuant to participation agreements, may end those agreements and discontinue offering us their shares.

Transfers Between Investment Options

You can make transfers between Investment Options, subject to the following restrictions. Currently, there is no maximum number of transfers allowed, but we may change this in the future. Transfers may be subject to a transfer fee, see section 7, Expenses.

The following applies to any transfer.

•	Your request for a transfer must clearly state the Investment Options involved and how much to transfer.
•	If you have Income Protector, Income Focus or Investment Protector, your transfer instructions must comply with the “Investment Option Allocation Restrictions and Quarterly Rebalancing” stated in section 11.a, Income Protector, or Appendix F – Income Focus, or Appendix G – Investment Protector.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

•	Your right to make transfers is subject to the Excessive Trading and Market Timing policy discussed later in this section.
•	Contract Value transfers between Investment Options do not change your future Purchase Payment allocation instructions or how we rebalance your Contract Value quarterly if you have Income Protector, Income Focus or Investment Protector. To change this quarterly rebalancing when you make a transfer, you must also change your future allocation instructions.

We process transfer requests based on prices next determined after we receive your request in Good Order at our Service Center. If we do not receive your transfer request before the end of the current Business Day, even if due to our delay in answering your call or a delay caused by our electronic systems, you receive the next Business Day’s prices. For jointly owned Contracts, unless you require us to obtain signatures from both Joint Owners, we accept transfer instructions from any Joint Owner. We may also allow you to authorize someone else to request transfers on your behalf.

Electronic Investment Option Transfer and Allocation Instructions

We use reasonable procedures to confirm that electronic transfer and allocation instructions given to us are genuine. If we do not use such procedures, we may be liable for any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent instructions. We record all telephone instructions and log all fax, email and website instructions. We reserve the right to deny any transfer request or allocation instruction change, and to discontinue or modify our electronic instruction privileges at any time for any reason.

Please note that telephone, fax, email and/or the website may not always be available. Any electronic system, whether it is ours, yours, your service provider’s, or your Financial Professional’s, can experience outages or slowdowns for a variety of reasons, which may delay or prevent our processing of your transfer request or allocation instruction change. Although we have taken precautions to help our systems handle heavy use, we cannot promise complete reliability. If you are experiencing problems, you should submit your instructions in writing to our Service Center.

By authorizing electronic instructions, you authorize us to accept and act upon these instructions for your Contract. There are risks associated with electronic communications that do not occur with a written request. Anyone authorizing or making such requests bears those risks. You should protect your website password, because the website is available to anyone with your password; we cannot verify that the person providing instructions on the website is you, or is authorized by you.

Excessive Trading and Market Timing

We may restrict or modify your right to make transfers to prevent any use that we consider to be part of a market timing program.

Frequent transfers, programmed transfers, transfers into and then out of an Investment Option in a short period of time, and transfers of large amounts at one time (collectively referred to as “potentially disruptive trading”) may have harmful effects for other Owners, Annuitants and Beneficiaries. These risks and harmful effects include the following.

•	Dilution of the interests of long-term investors in an Investment Option, if market timers or others transfer into an Investment Option at prices that are below their true value, or transfer out at prices above their true value.
•	An adverse effect on portfolio management, such as causing an Investment Option to maintain a higher level of cash or causing an Investment Option to liquidate investments prematurely.
•	Increased brokerage and administrative expenses.

We attempt to protect our Owners and the Investment Options from potentially disruptive trading through our excessive trading and market timing policies and procedures. Under these policies and procedures, we could modify your transfer privileges for some or all of the Investment Options. Unless prohibited by your Contract or applicable state law, we may:

•	Limit transfer frequency (for example, prohibit more than one transfer a week, or more than two a month, etc.).
•	Restrict the transfer method (for example, requiring all transfers be sent by first-class U.S. mail and rescinding electronic transfer privileges).
•	Require a minimum time period between each transfer into or out of the same Investment Option. Our current policy, which is subject to change without notice, prohibits “round trips” within 14 calendar days. We do not include transfers into and/or out of the AZL Government Money Market Fund when available in your Contract. Round trips are transfers into and back out of the same Investment Option, or transfers out of and back into the same Investment Option.
•	Refuse transfer requests made on your behalf by an asset allocation and/or market timing service.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

•	Limit the dollar amount of any single Purchase Payment or transfer request to an Investment Option.
•	Prohibit transfers into specific Investment Options.
•	Impose other limitations or restrictions to the extent permitted by federal securities laws.

We also reserve the right to reject any specific Purchase Payment allocation or transfer request from any person if in the investment adviser’s, subadviser’s or our judgment, an Investment Option may be unable to invest effectively in accordance with its investment objectives and policies.

Currently, we attempt to deter disruptive trading as follows. If a transfer(s) is/are identified as potentially disruptive trading, we may (but are not required to) send a warning letter. If the conduct continues and we determine it constitutes disruptive trading, we also impose transfer restrictions. Transfer restrictions may include refusing electronic transfers and requiring all transfers be sent by first-class U.S. mail. We do not enter into agreements permitting market timing and would not permit activities determined to be disruptive trading to continue. We also reserve the right to impose transfer restrictions if we determine, in our sole discretion, that transfers disadvantage other Owners. We notify you in writing if we impose transfer restrictions on you.

We do not include automatic transfers made under any of our programs or Contract features when applying our market timing policy.

We adopted these policies and procedures as a preventative measure to protect all Owners from the potential effects of disruptive trading, while also abiding by your legitimate interest in diversifying your investment and making periodic asset re-allocations based on your personal situation or overall market conditions. We attempt to protect your interests in making legitimate transfers by providing reasonable and convenient transfer methods that do not harm other Owners.

We may make exceptions when imposing transfer restrictions if we determine a transfer is appropriate, although it may technically violate our policies and procedures discussed here. In determining if a transfer is appropriate, we may, but are not required to, take into consideration its relative size, whether it was purely a defensive transfer into the AZL Government Money Market Fund, and whether it involved an error or similar event. We may also reinstate electronic transfer privileges after we revoke them, but we do not reinstate these privileges if we believe they might be used for future disruptive trading.

We cannot guarantee the following.

•	Our monitoring will be 100% successful in detecting all potentially disruptive trading activity.
•	Revoking electronic transfer privileges will successfully deter all potentially disruptive trading.

In addition, some of the Investment Options are available to other insurance companies and we do not know if they adopted policies and procedures to detect and deter potentially disruptive trading, or what their policies and procedures might be. Because we may not be completely successful at detecting and preventing market timing activities, and other insurance companies that offer the Investment Options may not have adopted adequate market timing procedures, there is some risk that market timing activity may occur and negatively affect other Owners.

We may, without prior notice to any party, take whatever action we deem appropriate to comply with any state or federal regulatory requirement. In addition, purchase orders for an Investment Option’s shares are subject to acceptance by that Investment Option’s manager. We reserve the right to reject, without prior notice, any Investment Option transfer request or Purchase Payment if the purchase order is rejected by the investment manager. We have entered into agreements required under SEC Rule 22c-2 (Rule 22c-2 agreements) whereby, upon request by an underlying fund or its designee, we must provide information about you and your trading activities to the underlying fund or its designee. Under the terms of the Rule 22c-2 agreements, we are required to: (1) provide details concerning every purchase, redemption, transfer, or exchange of Investment Options during a specified period; and (2) restrict your trading activity if the party receiving the information so requests. Under certain Rule 22c-2 agreements, if we fail to comply with a request to restrict trading activity, the underlying fund or its designee may refuse to accept buy orders from us until we comply.

Investment Options may add or change policies designed to restrict market timing activities. For example, Investment Options may impose restrictions on transfers between Investment Options in an affiliated group if the investment adviser to one or more of the Investment Options determines that the person requesting the transfer has engaged, or is engaging in, market timing or other abusive trading activities. In addition, an Investment Option may impose a short-term trading fee on purchases and sales within a specified period. You should review the Investment Options’ prospectuses regarding any applicable transfer restrictions and the imposition of any fee to discourage short-term trading. The imposition of these

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

restrictions would occur as a result of Investment Option restrictions and actions taken by the Investment Options’ managers.

• This Contract is not designed for professional market timing organizations, or other persons using programmed, large, or frequent transfers, and we may restrict excessive or inappropriate transfer activity.

We retain some discretion in determining what actions constitute potentially disruptive trading and in determining when and how to impose trading restrictions. Therefore, persons engaging in potentially disruptive trading may be subjected to some uncertainty as to when and how we apply trading restrictions, and persons not engaging in potentially disruptive trading may not know precisely what actions will be taken against a person engaging in potentially disruptive trading. For example, if we determine a person is engaging in potentially disruptive trading, we may revoke that person’s electronic transfer privileges and require all future requests to be sent by first-class U.S. mail. In the alternative, if the disruptive trading affects only a single Investment Option, we may prohibit transfers into or Purchase Payment allocations to that Investment Option. We notify the person or entity making the potentially disruptive trade when we revoke any transfer privileges.

The retention of some level of discretion by us may result in disparate treatment among persons engaging in potentially disruptive trading, and it is possible that some persons could experience adverse consequences if others are able to engage in potentially disruptive trading practices that have negative effects.

Flexible Rebalancing Program

Your selected Investment Options’ performance may cause the percentage of Contract Value in each Investment Option to change. Flexible rebalancing can help you maintain your selected allocation percentages. You can direct us to automatically adjust your Contract Value in the Investment Options according to your future Purchase Payment allocation instructions on a quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis according to your instructions. We make flexible rebalancing transfers on the 20th of the month, or the next Business Day if the 20th is not a Business Day. We must receive your flexible rebalancing program form in Good Order at our Service Center by 4 p.m. Eastern Time on the Business Day before we rebalance, or your program does not begin until next month. If you participate in this program, there are no fees for the flexible rebalancing transfers and we do not currently count them as a free transfer. We reserve the right to discontinue or modify the flexible rebalancing program at any time and for any reason. To end this program, we must receive your request at our Service Center by 4 p.m. Eastern Time on the Business Day immediately before the 20th to end that month.

• This program is not available if you have Income Protector, Income Focus or Investment Protector.

Financial Adviser Fees

If you have an investment adviser and want to pay their fees from this Contract, you can submit a written request to our Service Center on a form satisfactory to us. If we approve your request, we withdraw the fee and pay it to your adviser. We treat this fee payment as a withdrawal.

Financial adviser fees paid from a Non-Qualified Contract will be a taxable withdrawal to the extent that gain exists within the Contract. If any Owner is under age 59¹⁄2, withdrawals may be subject to a 10% additional federal tax.

Financial adviser fees paid from an IRA will not be treated as a taxable withdrawal as long as the annuity contract is solely liable for the payment of the fee. You should consult a tax adviser regarding the tax treatment of adviser fee payments.

Your investment adviser acts on your behalf, not ours. We are not party to your advisory agreement or responsible for your adviser’s actions. We do not set your adviser’s fee or receive any part of it. Any adviser fee you pay is in addition to this Contract’s fees and expenses. You should ask your adviser about compensation they receive for this Contract.

You can submit a written request to our Service Center on a form satisfactory to us to allow your adviser to make Investment Option transfers on your behalf. However, we reserve the right to review an adviser’s trading history before allowing him or her to make transfers. If, in our sole discretion, we believe the adviser's trading history indicates excessive trading, we can deny your request. If we approve it, your adviser is subject to the same trading restrictions that apply to Owners. We can deny or revoke trading authority in our sole discretion.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

Voting Privileges

We legally own the Investment Option shares. However, when an Investment Option holds a shareholder vote that affects your investment, we ask you to give us voting instructions. We then vote all of our shares, including any we own on our behalf, in proportion to those instructions. Because most Owners do not give us instructions and we vote shares proportionally, a small number of Owners may determine a vote’s outcome. If we determine we no longer need to get your voting instructions, we will decide how to vote the shares. Only Owners have voting privileges. Annuitants, Beneficiaries, Payees and other persons have no voting privileges unless they are also Owners.

We determine your voting interest in an Investment Option as follows.

•	You can provide voting instructions based on the dollar value of the Investment Option’s shares in your Contract’s subaccount. We calculate this value based on the number and value of accumulation units for your Contract on the record date. We count fractional units.
•	You receive proxy materials and a voting instruction form.

6. Our General Account

Our general account holds all our assets other than our separate account assets. We own our general account assets and use them to support our insurance and annuity obligations, other than those funded by our separate accounts. These assets are subject to our general business operation liabilities, and may lose value. Subject to applicable law, we have sole investment discretion over our general account assets.

We have not registered our general account as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, nor have we registered our general account interests under the Securities Act of 1933. As a result, the SEC has not reviewed our general account prospectus disclosures.

We do not currently offer any general account investment choices during the Accumulation Phase. Any Contract Value you apply to Annuity Payments during the Annuity Phase becomes part of our general account. Any guaranteed values, such as Income Protector’s Benefit Base, or Investment Protector’s Target Value, that are greater than Contract Value are subject to our claims paying ability and the priority rights of our other creditors.

7. Expenses

Contract fees and expenses reduce your investment return and are described here in detail.

Mortality and Expense Risk (M&E) Charge

We calculate and accrue the M&E charge at an annualized rate of the Investment Options’ net asset value on each Business Day during the Accumulation Phase as follows.

	Mortality and Expense Risk (M&E) Charge (as a percentage of each Investment Options’ net asset value)
Base Contract without optional benefits⁽¹⁾	1.15%
Base Contract with Quarterly Value Death Benefit⁽²⁾	1.45%

(1)	Upon the death of the Owner, we continue to assess this M&E charge under death benefit payment Option B, and with optional payments under death benefit payment Option C, as noted in section 10, Death Benefit – Death Benefit Payment Options During the Accumulation Phase.
(2)	If you remove an Additional Required Benefit from your Contract without simultaneously replacing it, we no longer assess the additional 0.30% M&E charge for the Quarterly Value Death Benefit after the Additional Required Benefit’s rider termination date. In this instance you will not receive any future lock ins of quarterly investment gains to your death benefit but you keep any prior lock ins.

The M&E charge reduces the net asset value that we use to calculate each subaccount’s accumulation unit value. The net asset value is the price of an underlying Investment Option. For more information on accumulation unit values, see the discussion in section 4, Valuing Your Contract.

The M&E charge compensates us for providing all your Contract’s benefits, including our contractual obligation to make Annuity Payments and certain Contract and distribution expenses. The M&E charge also compensates us for assuming the

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

expense risk that the current charges are less than future Contract administration costs as well as the cost of providing certain features under the Contract. If the M&E charge covers these costs and risks, any excess is profit to us. We anticipate making such a profit.

Rider Charge

If you select Income Protector, we deduct a rider charge from your Contract Value during the Accumulation Phase while your benefit is in effect and your Contract Value is positive. The rider charge is an annualized rate that is calculated and accrued on a daily basis as a percentage of the Benefit Base.

We begin calculating and accruing the daily rider charge amount on the day after the Rider Effective Date. We calculate the daily rider charge before we process any additional Purchase Payments or withdrawals, and if this is also a Quarterly Anniversary, before we increase the Benefit Base for the Annual Increase Percentage or any Contract Value increase. We deduct the rider charge on each Quarterly Anniversary (or the next Business Day if the Quarterly Anniversary is not a Business Day) while Income Protector is in effect with the following exceptions.

•	If you withdraw the total Contract Value, we deduct the final rider charge (the total of all daily rider charges we calculated for the current Contract quarter) before processing the withdrawal.
•	If you annuitize the Contract, we deduct the final rider charge before calculating Annuity Payments.
•	If Income Protector ends due to death, we deduct the final rider charge before calculating the death benefit.

	Rider Charge
	Maximum	Minimum	Current
Income Protector (as a percentage of the Benefit Base)
Single Lifetime Plus Payments	2.50%	0.50%	1.40%
Joint Lifetime Plus Payments	2.75%	0.50%	1.40%

For information on how we calculate the Benefit Base, see section 11.a, Income Protector – Benefit Base.

We reserve the right to increase or decrease the rider charge on each Quarterly Anniversary, subject to the maximum and minimum. However, in any twelve-month period we cannot increase or decrease the rider charge more than 0.50%. If we increase your rider charge, we notify you in writing at least 30 days in advance to allow you the option of accepting the charge increase, or removing your benefit before the charge increases.

We deduct the rider charge on a dollar for dollar basis from the Contract Value . We deduct the rider charge from the Contract Value on each Quarterly Anniversary before we use that Contract Value to compute any of your Contract’s guaranteed values, but we do not treat the deduction of the rider charge as a withdrawal when computing these guaranteed values. Guaranteed values include Income Protector’s Benefit Base and Quarterly Value Death Benefit’s Quarterly Anniversary Value (see section 11.b). If on a Quarterly Anniversary (or the next Business Day if the Quarterly Anniversary is not a Business Day) the Contract Value is less than the rider charge, we deduct your total remaining Contract Value to cover the final rider charge and reduce your Contract Value to zero. If the deduction of the final rider charge eliminates your Contract Value, it does not end your Contract, selected benefit, or any Lifetime Plus Payments, although we no longer assess or deduct the rider charge.

Changes to the Benefit Base change the rider charge amount. For example, if you receive an annual Lifetime Plus Payment increase because the Contract Value increased, both your Benefit Base and daily rider charge amount also increase. Similarly, an Excess Withdrawal decreases both your Benefit Base and daily rider charge amount.

This fee compensates us for the benefits provided by Income Protector, including your benefit’s guarantees. If the rider charge covers these costs and risks, any excess is profit to us. We anticipate making such a profit.

Example: On the Quarterly Anniversary your current annual rider charge is 1.40% and your Benefit Base is $116,250 based on an Annual Increase Percentage of 5% (1.25% simple interest quarterly). During the quarter you make no additional Purchase Payments, take no withdrawals and do not begin Lifetime Plus Payments. We calculate the daily rider charge amount for this quarter as follows:

(the Benefit Base) x (annual rider charge ÷ 365) = daily rider charge amount, or: $116,250 x (1.40% ÷ 365) = $4.46

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

If there are 89 days in the current quarter (which includes the next Quarterly Anniversary), then the total quarterly rider charge is:

(number of days in the current quarter) x (daily rider charge amount), or: 89 x $4.46 = $396.94

On the next Quarterly Anniversary we would deduct $396.94 from the Contract Value, then apply the Annual Increase Percentage to the Benefit Base. Assuming the Contract Value is not greater than the Annual Increase after application of simple interest increase, the new Benefit Base for the upcoming quarter would be $117, 500 ($116,250 x 1.25%). We would then use this new Benefit Base to begin computing the daily rider charge for the next quarter on the next day as:

(the Benefit Base) x (annual rider charge ÷ 365) = daily rider charge amount, or: $117,500 x (1.40% ÷ 365) = $4.51

If you make an additional Purchase Payment of $15,000 on the 43rd day of the next quarter, your Benefit Base would increase by the amount of the payment to $132,500 ($117,500 + $15,000). We would then use this new Benefit Base to begin computing the daily rider charge for the remainder of the quarter on the next day as:

(the Benefit Base) x (annual rider charge ÷ 365) = daily rider charge amount, or: $132,500 x (1.40% ÷ 365) = $5.08

If there are 92 days in the current quarter (which includes the next Quarterly Anniversary), then the total quarterly rider charge is:

(number of days in the current quarter) x (daily rider charge amount), or:

(43 x $4.51) + (49 x $5.08) = $193.93+ $248.92 = $442.85

On the next Quarterly Anniversary we would deduct $442.85 from the Contract Value, then apply the Annual Increase Percentage and lock in any Contract Value increase to the Benefit Base. We would then use this new updated Benefit Base to begin computing the daily rider charge for the next quarter on the next day.

Please note that this example may differ from your actual results due to rounding.

• Rider charges for prior versions of Income Protector are included in Appendix H. Rider charges for the previously available Income Focus are included in Appendix F, and for the previously available Investment Protector are included in Appendix G.

• If Income Protector ends before the Benefit Date due to the death of a Covered Person or Owner (or Annuitant if the Owner is a non-individual), we refund any rider charges accrued and deducted after the date of death . If Income Protector ends after the Benefit Date due to the death of a Covered Person or Owner (or Annuitant if the Owner is a non-individual), we will not refund rider charges accrued and deducted after the date of death.

Contract Maintenance Charge

Your annual contract maintenance charge is $50. This charge is for Contract administration and maintenance expenses. We waive this charge as follows:

•	During the Accumulation Phase if the total Contract Value for all Allianz Connections Contracts you own is at least $100,000 at the end of the last Business Day before the Contract Anniversary, or if the Contract Value for this single Connections Contract is at least $100,000 on the Contract Anniversary (or the next Business Day if the Contract Anniversary is not a Business Day). We determine the total Contract Value for all individually owned Allianz Connections Contracts by using the Owner’s social security number, and for non-individually owned Allianz Connections Contracts we use the Annuitant’s social security number.
•	During the Annuity Phase if the Contract Value on the last Business Day before the Annuity Date is at least $100,000.
•	When paying death benefits under death benefit payment options A, B, or C.

During the Accumulation Phase, we deduct the contract maintenance charge on a dollar for dollar basis from the Contract Value determined on the Contract Anniversary (or the next Business Day if the Contract Anniversary is not a Business Day). If you take a full withdrawal from your Contract (other than on a Contract Anniversary), we deduct the full contract maintenance charge. We do not treat the deduction of the contract maintenance charge as a withdrawal when computing any of your Contract’s guaranteed values. During the Annuity Phase, we deduct the contract maintenance charge proportionately from each Annuity Payment.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

Withdrawal Charge

You can take withdrawals during the Accumulation Phase. A withdrawal charge applies if any part of a withdrawal comes from a Purchase Payment that is still within the withdrawal charge period. We assess the withdrawal charge against the Withdrawal Charge Basis, which is equal to total Purchase Payments, less any Purchase Payment withdrawn (excluding any penalty-free withdrawals), and less any applicable withdrawal charge. We do not reduce the Withdrawal Charge Basis for any amounts we deduct to pay the transfer fee, contract maintenance charge, or rider charge.

We do not assess a withdrawal charge on penalty-free withdrawals or amounts we deduct to pay Contract charges, other than the withdrawal charge. However, any amounts used to pay a withdrawal charge are subject to a withdrawal charge. Amounts withdrawn to pay investment adviser fees are subject to a withdrawal charge if they exceed the free withdrawal privilege. Penalty-free withdrawals include: withdrawals under the free withdrawal privilege and waiver of withdrawal charge benefit; payments under our minimum distribution program; Lifetime Plus Payments; and Income Focus Payments.

For purposes of calculating any withdrawal charge, we withdraw Purchase Payments on a “first-in-first-out” (FIFO) basis and we process withdrawal requests as follows.

1.	First we withdraw from Purchase Payments that are beyond your Contract’s withdrawal charge period (for example, on a Base Contract, Purchase Payments we have had for seven or more complete years). This withdrawal is not subject to a withdrawal charge and it reduces the Withdrawal Charge Basis.
2.	Then, if this is a partial withdrawal, we withdraw from the free withdrawal privilege (see section 8, Access to Your Money – Free Withdrawal Privilege). This withdrawal is not subject to a withdrawal charge and it does not reduce the Withdrawal Charge Basis.
3.	Next, on a FIFO basis, we withdraw from Purchase Payments within your Contract’s withdrawal charge period and assess a withdrawal charge. Withdrawing payments on a FIFO basis may help reduce the total withdrawal charge because the charge declines over time. We determine your total withdrawal charge by multiplying each payment by its applicable withdrawal charge percentage and then totaling the charges. This withdrawal reduces the Withdrawal Charge Basis.
4.	Finally we withdraw any Contract earnings. This withdrawal is not subject to a withdrawal charge and it does not reduce the Withdrawal Charge Basis.

The withdrawal charge as a percentage of each Purchase Payment withdrawn is as follows.

Number of Complete Years Since Purchase Payment		Withdrawal Charge Amount Base Contract
0		8.5%
1		8.5%
2		7.5%
3		6.5%
4		5%
5		4%
6		3%
7 years or more		0%

Upon a full withdrawal, we first deduct any applicable contract maintenance charge and rider charge before we calculate the withdrawal charge. We deduct any applicable withdrawal charge from the total Contract Value and send you the remaining amount. For a partial withdrawal we deduct the amount you request, plus any applicable withdrawal charge from the total Contract Value . We apply the withdrawal charge to this total amount and we pay you the amount you requested. For partial withdrawals, we deduct the charge proportionately from your selected Investment Options. If a partial withdrawal occurs on a day that we also assess the rider charge and/or contract maintenance charge, we assess these charges in this order after we deduct the withdrawal and any applicable withdrawal charge from the Contract Value.

The withdrawal charge compensates us for expenses associated with selling the Contract.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

Example: You make an initial Purchase Payment of $30,000 on a Base Contract and make another Purchase Payment in the first month of the second Contract Year of $70,000. In the third month of the third Contract Year, your Contract Value is $110,000 and you request a $52,000 withdrawal. We withdraw money and compute the withdrawal charge as follows.

1)	Purchase Payments beyond the withdrawal charge period. All payments are still within the withdrawal charge period, so this does not apply.
2)	Amounts available under the free withdrawal privilege. You did not take any other withdrawals this year, so you can withdraw up to 10% of your total payments (or $10,000) without incurring a withdrawal charge.
3)	Purchase Payments on a FIFO basis. The total amount we withdraw from the first Purchase Payment is $30,000, which is subject to a 7.5% withdrawal charge, and you receive $27,750. We determine this amount as follows:
	(amount withdrawn) x (1 – withdrawal charge) = the amount you receive, or: $30,000 x 0.925 = $27,750.
	Next we withdraw from the second Purchase Payment. So far, you received $37,750 ($10,000 under the free withdrawal privilege and $27,750 from the first Purchase Payment), so we withdraw $14,250 from the second Purchase Payment to equal the $52,000 you requested. The second Purchase Payment is subject to an 8.5% withdrawal charge. We calculate the total amount withdrawn and its withdrawal charge as follows:
	(the amount you receive) ÷ (1 – withdrawal charge) = amount withdrawn, or: $14,250 ÷ 0.915 = $15,574
4)	Contract earnings. We already withdrew your requested amount, so this does not apply.
	In total we withdrew $55,574 from your Contract, of which you received $52,000 and paid a withdrawal charge of $3,574.

Reduction or Elimination of the Withdrawal Charge

We may reduce or eliminate the withdrawal charge if the Contract is sold under circumstances that reduced its sales expenses. We will implement this withdrawal charge reduction or elimination in a nondiscriminatory manner. For example, if a large group of individuals purchase Contracts or if a prospective purchaser already has a relationship with us. We may choose not to deduct a withdrawal charge under a Contract issued to an officer, director, or employee of Allianz Life or any of its affiliates. Also, we may reduce or eliminate the withdrawal charge if a Contract is sold by a Financial Professional appointed with Allianz Life to any members of his or her immediate family and the Financial Professional waives their commission. We must pre-approve any withdrawal charge reduction or elimination.

• We do not reduce the Withdrawal Charge Basis for penalty-free withdrawals or the deduction of Contract expenses other than the withdrawal charge. This means that upon a full withdrawal, if your Contract Value is less than your remaining Purchase Payments that are still subject to a withdrawal charge we will assess a withdrawal charge on more than the amount withdrawn. This can occur because your Contract Value was reduced for:

– prior penalty-free withdrawals,

– deductions of Contract expenses other than the withdrawal charge, and/or

– poor performance.

This also means that upon a full withdrawal you may not receive any money.

• Withdrawals may have tax consequences and, if taken before age 59¹⁄2, may be subject to a 10% additional federal tax. For tax purposes in most instances, withdrawals from Non-Qualified Contracts are considered to come from earnings first, not Purchase Payments.

Transfer Fee

The first twelve transfers every Contract Year are free. After that, we deduct a $25 transfer fee for each additional transfer. We count all transfers made in the same Business Day as one transfer. The following do not count against the free transfers we allow and are not subject to a transfer fee: dollar cost averaging transfers, flexible rebalancing transfers, or quarterly rebalancing transfers under Income Protector, Income Focus or Investment Protector. The transfer fee continues to apply under death benefit payment Option B, and with optional payments under death benefit payment Option C as noted in section 10, Death Benefit – Death Benefit Payment Options During the Accumulation Phase.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

We deduct the transfer fee on a dollar for dollar basis from the amount of Contract Value being transferred before allocating the remaining Contract Value to your selected Investment Options. We do not treat the deduction of the transfer fee as a withdrawal when computing any of your Contract’s guaranteed values.

Premium Tax

Premium tax is based on your state of residence at the time you make each Purchase Payment. In states that assess a premium tax, we do not currently deduct it from the Contract, although we reserve the right to do so in the future. Premium tax normally ranges from 0% to 3.5% of the Purchase Payment, depending on the state or governmental entity.

Income Tax

Currently, we do not deduct any Contract related income tax we incur, although we reserve the right to do so in the future.

Investment Option Expenses

The Investment Options’ assets are subject to operating expenses (including management fees). These expenses are described in the Fee Tables, Appendix A, and in the Investment Options’ prospectuses. These expenses reduce the Investment Options’ performance and, therefore, negatively affect your Contract Value and any guaranteed values or payments based on Contract Value. The Investment Options’ investment advisers provided us with the expense information in this prospectus and we did not independently verify it.

8. Access to Your Money

The money in your Contract is available under the following circumstances:

•	by withdrawing your Contract Value;
•	by withdrawing the Target Value on a Target Value Date (if you have Investment Protector);
•	by taking Lifetime Plus Payments (if you have Income Protector);
•	by taking Income Focus Payments (if you have Income Focus);
•	by taking required minimum distributions (Qualified Contracts only) as discussed in “Minimum Distribution Program and Required Minimum Distribution (RMD) Payments” later in this section;
•	by taking Annuity Payments; or
•	when we pay a death benefit.

You can take withdrawals during the Accumulation Phase. We process withdrawal requests based on values next determined after receipt of the request in Good Order at our Service Center. Values are normally determined at the end of each Business Day. We process any withdrawal request received at or after the end of the current Business Day using values determined on the next Business Day.

Any partial withdrawal must be for at least $100.* The Contract Value after a partial withdrawal must be at least $2,000.** We reserve the right to treat a partial withdrawal that reduces the Contract Value below this minimum as a full withdrawal.

*	Does not apply to Lifetime Plus Payments, Income Focus Payments, or required minimum distributions.
**	Does not apply to Lifetime Plus Payments or Income Focus Payments.

We deduct any partial withdrawal (including any withdrawal charge) proportionately from each Investment Option unless you provide us with alternate instructions. If you have Income Protector, Income Focus or Investment Protector, and take a partial withdrawal from specific Investment Options, the benefit’s quarterly rebalancing feature moves money back into those Investment Options at the end of the quarter unless you also change your future Purchase Payment allocation instructions.

When you take a full withdrawal, we process your request on the Business Day we receive it in Good Order at our Service Center as follows:

•	total Contract Value determined at the end of the day,
•	less any final rider charge if you selected Income Protector, Income Focus or Investment Protector,
•	less any withdrawal charge, and
•	less any contract maintenance charge.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

See the Fee Tables and section 7, Expenses for a discussion of these charges.

We pay withdrawals within seven days of receipt of your request in Good Order at our Service Center, unless the suspension of payments or transfers provision is in effect (see the discussion later in this section).

• Ordinary income taxes and tax penalties may apply to any withdrawal you take.

• We may be required to provide information about you or your Contract to government regulators. We may also be required to stop Contract disbursements and thereby refuse any transfer requests, and refuse to pay any withdrawals, surrenders, or death benefits until we receive instructions from the appropriate regulator. If, pursuant to SEC rules, the AZL Government Money Market Fund suspends payment of redemption proceeds in connection with a fund liquidation, we will delay payment of any transfer, partial withdrawal, surrender, or death benefit from the AZL Government Money Market Fund subaccount until the fund is liquidated.

• For Contracts with Investment Protector: The Target Value is only guaranteed to be available on each Target Value Date. Beginning on the next Business Day, your Contract Value fluctuates based on your selected Investment Options’ performance, and this is the value available to you upon withdrawal. We notify you in writing at least 30 days in advance of your initial Target Value Date to allow you to decide if you want to take a withdrawal and/or continue your Contract until the next Target Value Date.

Free Withdrawal Privilege

Each Contract Year, you can withdraw up to 10% of your total Purchase Payments without incurring a withdrawal charge (the free withdrawal privilege). Any unused free withdrawal privilege in one Contract Year is not added to the amount available next year. Withdrawals of Purchase Payments that are beyond the withdrawal charge period are not subject to a withdrawal charge and do not reduce your free withdrawal privilege. Required minimum distribution payments are not subject to a withdrawal charge, but do reduce your free withdrawal privilege.

• The free withdrawal privilege is not available upon a full withdrawal, or while you are receiving Lifetime Plus Payments or Income Focus Payments.

Systematic Withdrawal Program

The systematic withdrawal program can provide automatic withdrawal payments to you. However, if your Contract Value is less than $25,000, we only make annual payments. You can request to receive these withdrawal payments monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually. The minimum amount you can withdraw under this program is $100 and there is no maximum. We make systematic withdrawals on the ninth of the month, or the next Business Day if the ninth is not a Business Day. We must receive your systematic withdrawal program form instructions in Good Order at our Service Center by 4 p.m. Eastern Time on the Business Day before we process these withdrawals, or your program does not begin until the next month. This program ends at your request or when you withdraw your total Contract Value. However, we reserve the right to discontinue or modify the systematic withdrawal program at any time and for any reason.

• During the withdrawal charge period , systematic withdrawals in excess of the free withdrawal privilege are subject to a withdrawal charge.

• Ordinary income taxes and tax penalties may apply to systematic withdrawals.

• The systematic withdrawal program is not available while you are receiving required minimum distribution payments, Lifetime Plus Payments or Income Focus Payments.

Minimum Distribution Program and Required Minimum Distribution (RMD) Payments

If you own an IRA or SEP IRA Contract, you can participate in the minimum distribution program during the Accumulation Phase. Under this program, we make payments to you designed to meet the applicable minimum distribution requirements imposed by the Internal Revenue Code for this Qualified Contract. RMD payments are not subject to a withdrawal charge, but they reduce the free withdrawal privilege amount during the Contract Year. We can make payments to you on a monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis. However, if your Contract Value is less than $25,000, we only make annual payments. You cannot aggregate RMD payments between this Contract and other qualified contracts that you own. We make RMD payments on the ninth of the month, or the next Business Day if the ninth is not a Business Day. We must receive your program form instructions in Good Order at our Service Center by 4 p.m. Eastern Time on the Business Day before we process these payments, or your program does not begin until the next month.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

When you request Lifetime Plus Payments or Income Focus Payments, we ask for instructions regarding your RMD needs for this Contract. If you choose to use these payments to satisfy your RMD needs, we determine whether this calendar year’s total RMD has been satisfied by your Lifetime Plus Payments or Income Focus Payments and any Excess Withdrawals. If the RMD amount for this Contract has not been satisfied, we send you this remaining amount as one RMD payment by the end of the calendar year. We consider this payment to be a withdrawal, but it is not an Excess Withdrawal and it is not subject to a withdrawal charge. For more information, see section 11.a, Income Protector: Calculating Your Lifetime Plus Payments, or Appendix F – Income Focus: Calculating Your Income Focus Payments.

• You should consult a tax adviser before purchasing a Qualified Contract that is subject to RMD payments.

• The minimum distribution program is not available while you are receiving systematic withdrawals.

Waiver of Withdrawal Charge Benefit

After the first Contract Year, if any Owner becomes confined to a nursing home for a period of at least 90 consecutive days and a physician certifies that continued confinement is necessary, you can take withdrawals and we waive the withdrawal charge. This waiver is not available if any Owner was confined to a nursing home on the Issue Date. We base this benefit on the Annuitant for non-individually owned Contracts. We must receive proof of confinement in Good Order for each withdrawal before we waive the withdrawal charge.

Suspension of Payments or Transfers

We may be required to suspend or postpone transfers or payments for withdrawals* for any period when:

•	the New York Stock Exchange is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings);
•	trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted;
•	an emergency (as determined by the SEC) exists as a result of which disposal of the Investment Option shares is not reasonably practicable or we cannot reasonably value the Investment Option shares; or
•	during any other period when the SEC, by order, so permits for the protection of Owners.

*	Including Lifetime Plus Payments, Income Focus Payments, and Excess Withdrawals.

9. The Annuity Phase

Prior to annuitization, you can surrender your Contract and receive your total Contract Value. Annuity Payments offer a guaranteed income stream with certain tax advantages and are designed for Owners who are not concerned with continued access to Contract Value.

You can apply your Contract Value to regular periodic fixed annuity payments (Annuity Payments). The Payee receives the Annuity Payments. You receive tax reporting on the payments, whether or not you are the Payee. We may require proof of the Annuitant(s)’ age before we make any life contingent Annuity Payment. If you misstate the Annuitant(s)’ age or gender, we pay the amount that would have been paid at the true age or gender.

Calculating Your Annuity Payments

We base Annuity Payments upon the following:

•	The Contract Value on the Annuity Date.
•	The age of the Annuitant and any joint Annuitant on the Annuity Date.
•	The gender of the Annuitant and any joint Annuitant where permitted.
•	The Annuity Option you select.
•	Your Contract’s interest rate (or current rates, if higher) and mortality table.

We guarantee the dollar amount of Annuity Payments and this amount does not change during the entire annuity payout option period that you selected, except as provided under Annuity Option 3.

Annuity Payment Options

You can choose one of the Annuity Options described below or any other payment option to which we agree. After Annuity Payments begin, you cannot change the Annuity Option.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

Option 1. Life Annuity. We make Annuity Payments during the life of the Annuitant, and the last payment is the one that is due before the Annuitant’s death. If the Annuitant dies shortly after the Annuity Date, the Payee may receive less than your investment in the Contract.

Option 2. Life Annuity with Payments Over 5, 10, 15 or 20 Years Guaranteed. We make Annuity Payments during the life of the Annuitant, with payments for a guaranteed minimum period that you select.

Option 3. Joint and Last Survivor Annuity. We make Annuity Payments during the lifetimes of the Annuitant and the joint Annuitant. Upon the death of one Annuitant, Annuity Payments to the Payee continue during the lifetime of the surviving joint Annuitant, at a level of 100%, 75% or 50% selected by the Owner when he or she chose this Annuity Payment option. If both Annuitants die shortly after the Annuity Date, the Payee may receive less than your investment in the Contract.

Option 4. Joint and Last Survivor Annuity with Payments Over 5, 10, 15 or 20 Years Guaranteed. We make Annuity Payments during the lifetimes of the Annuitant and the joint Annuitant, with payments for a minimum guaranteed period that you select.

Option 5. Refund Life Annuity. We make Annuity Payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant, and the last payment is the one that is due before the Annuitant’s death. After the Annuitant’s death, the Payee may receive a lump sum refund. The amount of the refund equals the amount applied to this Annuity Option minus the total paid under this option.

Under Annuity Options 1, 3 and 5, if all Annuitants die on or after the Annuity Date and before we send the first Annuity Payment, we will cancel the Annuity Option that was elected and upon receipt of a Valid Claim, we will pay the amount applied to the selected Annuity Option minus the total paid under the option. If the Owner is an individual we pay the surviving individual Owner, or the Beneficiary(s) if there is no surviving Owner. If the Owner is a non-individual, we pay the Owner.

After the Annuitant’s death under Option 2, or the last surviving joint Annuitant's death under Option 4, we make Annuity Payments during the remaining guaranteed period in the following order based on who is still alive: the Payee, any surviving original Owner, the last surviving Owner’s Beneficiaries, or to the last surviving Owner’s estate if there are no remaining or named Beneficiaries.

Annuity Payments are usually lower if you select an Annuity Option that requires us to make more frequent Annuity Payments or to make payments over a longer period of time. If you choose life contingent Annuity Payments, payout rates for a younger Annuitant are lower than the payout rates for an older Annuitant and payout rates for life with a guaranteed period are typically lower than life only payments. Monthly payout rates are lower than annual payout rates, payout rates for a 20-year guaranteed period are less than payout rates for a 10-year guaranteed period, and payout rates for a 50-year-old Annuitant are less than payout rates for a 70-year-old Annuitant.

• If you do not choose an Annuity Option before the Annuity Date, we make Annuity Payments to the Payee under Annuity Option 2 with ten years of guaranteed monthly payments.

When Annuity Payments Begin

Annuity Payments begin on the Annuity Date. Your scheduled Annuity Date is the first day of the calendar month following the later of: a) the Annuitant’s 90th birthday, or b) the tenth Contract Anniversary and is stated in your Contract. An earlier Annuity Date or a withdrawal may be required to satisfy minimum required distribution rules under certain Qualified Contracts. You can make an authorized request for a different, earlier or later Annuity Date after the Issue Date, but any such request is subject to applicable law and our approval. An earlier or later Annuity Date may not be available to you depending on the Financial Professional you purchase your Contract through and your state of residence. Your Annuity Date must be at least two years after the Issue Date. The Annuity Date cannot be later than what is permitted under applicable law. If we require you to annuitize the Contract while you are receiving Lifetime Plus Payments or

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

Income Focus Payments, which may occur as early as age 90 or as late as age 100, we provide an annuity option with payments at least equal to the payments you are then receiving as described next.

• If on the Annuity Date your Contract Value is greater than zero, you must annuitize the Contract. We notify you of your available options in writing 60 days in advance, including the option to extend your Annuity Date if available. If on your Annuity Date you have not selected an Annuity Option, we make payments under Annuity Option 2 with ten years of guaranteed monthly payments. Upon annuitization you no longer have Contract Value or a death benefit, and you cannot receive any other periodic withdrawals or payments other than Annuity Payments.

• For Contracts with Income Protector or Income Focus: If on the Annuity Date your Contract Value is greater than zero, you are receiving Lifetime Plus Payments or Income Focus Payments, and we require you to annuitize the Contract, we make the following guarantee if you take Annuity Payments under Annuity Option 1 or 3.

For single Lifetime Plus Payments or Income Focus Payments, if you choose Annuity Option 1 (Life Annuity) where the sole Annuitant is the sole Covered Person, then your Annuity Payments equals the greater of:

– annual Annuity Payments under Annuity Option 1 based on the Contract Value; or

– the current annual maximum Lifetime Plus Payment or Income Focus Payment available to you.

For joint Lifetime Plus Payments or Income Focus Payments, if you choose Annuity Option 3 (Joint and Last Survivor Annuity) with Annuity Payments to continue at a level of 100% to the surviving joint Annuitant, and both joint Annuitants are the joint Covered Persons, then your Annuity Payments equals the greater of:

– annual Annuity Payments under Annuity Option 3 based on the Contract Value; or

– the current annual maximum Lifetime Plus Payment or Income Focus Payment available to you.

However, if you select any other Annuity Option, this guarantee does not apply.

If you have a Non-Qualified Contract, these Annuity Payments will receive the benefit of the exclusion ratio, which causes a portion of each Annuity Payment to be non-taxable as described in section 12, Taxes – Taxation of Annuity Contracts.

10. Death Benefit

“You” in this section refers to the Owner, or the Annuitant if the Contract is owned by a non-individual.

The Base Contract provides the Traditional Death Benefit. Information on the prior version of this benefit that was available in some states until either July 19, 2013, or October 11, 2013, is included in Appendix D. If available, you can instead select the Quarterly Value Death Benefit at Contract issue (see section 11.b, Quarterly Value Death Benefit).

The death benefit is only available during the Accumulation Phase. If you or the Determining Life (Lives) die during the Accumulation Phase, we process the death benefit using prices determined after we receive the required information, which is either a Valid Claim or due proof of death as stated here. (For information on due proof of death see the Glossary – Valid Claim). If we receive this information after the end of the current Business Day, we use the next Business Day’s prices.

If there are multiple Beneficiaries, each Beneficiary receives the portion of the death benefit he or she is entitled to when we receive his or her Valid Claim. Unless you instruct us to pay Beneficiaries a specific percentage of the death benefit, he or she each receives an equal share. Any part of the death benefit that is in the Investment Options remains there until distribution begins. From the time we determine the death benefit until we make a complete distribution, any amount in the Investment Options continues to be subject to investment risk that is borne by the recipient(s). Once we receive notification of death, we may no longer accept or process transfer requests. After we receive the first Valid Claim from any Beneficiary we also will not accept additional Purchase Payments or allow any partial or full withdrawals unless the withdrawal is required to comply with federal tax law.

The Contract provides the Traditional Death Benefit based on the greater of:

•	Contract Value (after deduction of the final rider charge, if applicable), or
•	total of all Purchase Payments received, reduced by the percentage of Contract Value withdrawn, determined at the end of each Business Day. Withdrawals include Lifetime Plus Payments or Income Focus Payments, Excess Withdrawals, and any withdrawal charges; but do not include amounts we withdraw for the transfer fee, contract maintenance charge, or rider charge.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

If you are the Determining Life, or if you and the Determining Life (Lives) are different individuals and die simultaneously as defined by applicable state law or regulation we determine the Traditional Death Benefit at the end of the Business Day we receive a Valid Claim. For multiple Beneficiaries, each surviving Beneficiary receives the greater of their portion of total Purchase Payments adjusted for withdrawals determined at the end of the Business Day we receive the first Valid Claim from any one Beneficiary, or their portion of the Contract Value determined at the end of the Business Day during which we receive his or her Valid Claim.

If you and the Determining Life (Lives) are different individuals and do not die simultaneously, the death benefit is as follows. This can only occur if you change the Owner after the Issue Date.

•

If a Determining Life dies before you we do not pay a death benefit to the Beneficiary(s), but we may increase the Contract Value. We compare the Contract Value and total Purchase Payments adjusted for withdrawals determined at the end of the Business Day we receive due proof of a Determining Life’s death. If your Contract Value is less than total Purchase Payments adjusted for withdrawals, we increase your Contract Value to equal total Purchase Payments adjusted for withdrawals, and the Traditional Death Benefit ends. We allocate any Contract Value increase to the Investment Options according to future Purchase Payment allocation instructions.

•

Upon your death your Beneficiary(s) receive the Contract Value determined at the end of the Business Day during which we receive each Beneficiary’s Valid Claim.

The Traditional Death Benefit ends upon the earliest of the following.

•	The Business Day before the Annuity Date.
•	The Business Day that total Purchase Payments adjusted for withdrawals and Contract Value are both zero.
•	Upon the death of a Determining Life, the end of the Business Day we receive a Valid Claim from all Beneficiaries if you and the Determining Life are the same individuals, or if you and the Determining Life (Lives) are different individuals and die simultaneously as defined by applicable state law or regulation.
•	Upon the death of a Determining Life, the end of the Business Day we receive due proof of the Determining Life’s death if you and the Determining Life (Lives) are different individuals and do not die simultaneously.
•	Upon the death of an Owner (or Annuitant if the Owner is a non-individual), the end of the Business Day we receive the first Valid Claim from any one Beneficiary, if the Owner (or Annuitant) is no longer a Determining Life.
•	The Business Day the Contract ends.

• The Traditional Death Benefit is a first-to-die benefit based on the Determining Life (Lives). This means that upon the death of an Owner (or Annuitant if the Owner is a non-individual), if a surviving spouse continues the Contract the Traditional Death Benefit is no longer available. Also, if you and the Determining Life (Lives) are different individuals and you die first, the Traditional Death Benefit is not available to your Beneficiary(s).

• For Contracts with Income Protector or either the previously available Income Focus or Investment Protector: We restrict additional Purchase Payments, which limits the Traditional Death Benefit's guaranteed value. In addition, each lifetime payment and any Excess Withdrawal reduces the Traditional Death Benefit's guaranteed value by the percentage of Contract Value withdrawn (including any withdrawal charge). Taking lifetime payments and Excess Withdrawals may cause the Traditional Benefit to end.

Death of the Owner and/or Annuitant

The Appendix to the SAI includes tables that are intended to help you better understand what happens upon the death of any Owner and/or Annuitant under the different portions of the Contract.

Death Benefit Payment Options During the Accumulation Phase

If you do not designate a death benefit payment option, a Beneficiary must select one of the options listed below. If a Beneficiary requests a lump sum payment under Option A, we pay that Beneficiary within seven days of receipt of his or her Valid Claim, unless the suspension of payments or transfers provision is in effect. Payment of the death benefit may be delayed, pending receipt of any state forms.

Spousal Continuation: If the Beneficiary is the deceased Owner’s spouse, he or she can choose to continue the Contract with the portion of the death benefit the spouse is entitled to in his or her own name. For non-individually owned Contracts, spousal continuation is only available to Qualified Contracts. Spouses must qualify as such under federal law to continue the Contract. Individuals who have entered into a registered domestic partnership, civil union, or other

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

similar relationship that is not considered to be a marriage under state law are also not considered to be married under federal law. An election by the spouse to continue the Contract must be made on the death claim form before we pay the death benefit. If the deceased Owner was a Determining Life and the surviving spouse continues the Contract, at the end of the Business Day we receive his or her Valid Claim, we increase the Contract Value to equal the guaranteed death benefit value if greater. The guaranteed death benefit value is total Purchase Payments adjusted for withdrawals if the Traditional Death Benefit applies, or the Quarterly Anniversary Value if the Quarterly Value Death Benefit applies. We allocate any Contract Value increase to the Investment Options according to future Purchase Payment allocation instructions. For Contracts with Income Protector, Income Focus or Investment Protector, a Contract Value increase may not increase the Benefit Base, Income Value Percentage(s), or Target Value.

If the surviving spouse continues the Contract:

•	he or she becomes the new Owner and may exercise all of the Owner’s rights, including naming a new Beneficiary or Beneficiaries;
•	he or she is subject to any remaining withdrawal charge; and
•	upon the surviving spouse’s death their Beneficiary(s) receive the Contract Value determined at the end of the Business Day during which we receive a Valid Claim from each Beneficiary.

Death Benefit Payment Options

Option A: Lump sum payment of the death benefit.

Option B: Payment of the entire death benefit within five years of the date of any Owner’s death. The Beneficiary can continue to make transfers between Investment Options and is subject to a transfer fee and a 1.15% M&E charge. At the end of the fifth year, any remaining death benefit is paid in a lump sum.

Option C: If the Beneficiary is an individual, payment of the death benefit as Annuity Payments under Annuity Options 1, 2 or 5 as described under “Annuity Payment Options” in section 9. With our written consent other options may be available for payment over a period not extending beyond the Beneficiary’s life expectancy under which the Beneficiary can continue to make transfers between Investment Options and is subject to a transfer fee and a 1.15% M&E charge.

Distribution must begin within one year of the date of the Owner’s death. Any portion of the death benefit not applied to Annuity Payments within one year of the date of the Owner’s death must be distributed within five years of the date of death.

If the Contract is owned by a non-individual, then we treat the death of an Annuitant as the death of an Owner for purposes of the Internal Revenue Code’s distribution at death rules, which are set forth in Section 72(s) of the Code.

In all events, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Contract or this prospectus, the Contract is interpreted and administered in accordance with Section 72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code.

Other rules may apply to Qualified Contracts.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

11. Selection of Optional Benefits

Check with your Financial Professional regarding availability of optional benefits. Each optional benefit carries an additional M&E charge or a rider charge. For more information, please see the Fee Tables and section 7, Expenses.

Currently Available Benefits

•

Income Protector. This benefit provides guaranteed lifetime income (called Lifetime Plus Payments) that can begin once the minimum exercise age is met, or as late as age 90. We base payments on the Benefit Base. Income Protector allows access to both Contract Value and a death benefit for a period of time after payments begin as described in section 11.a, Income Protector. Appendix H contains information specific to previously available versions of this benefit.

• Income Protector provides no payments before the minimum exercise age. If we require you to annuitize your Contract while you are receiving Lifetime Plus Payments, which may occur as early as age 90 or as late as age 100, we provide an annuity option with payments at least equal to the Lifetime Plus Payments you are then receiving as described in section 9, The Annuity Phase – When Annuity Payments Begin.

•	Quarterly Value Death Benefit. This benefit locks in any quarterly investment gains to provide an increased death benefit as described in section 11.b, Quarterly Value Death Benefit. Appendix E contains information specific to previously available versions of this benefit.

Previously Available Benefits

•

Income Focus. This benefit provides guaranteed lifetime income called Income Focus Payments (similar to Income Protector’s Lifetime Plus Payments) that can begin from age 60 to age 90. We base payments on a percentage of each Income Value. Income Value Percentages can potentially increase by 1% each year if your Contract Value increases (Performance Increases). Income Focus allows access to both Contract Value and a death benefit for a period of time as described in Appendix F. Income Focus was available from April 29, 2013 through April 24, 2015.

•

Investment Protector. This benefit provides a level of protection for your principal and any annual investment gains (Target Value) on a future date if you hold the Contract for the required period, as described in Appendix G. Investment Protector was available from April 29, 2013 through October 16, 2016.

At issue you choose whether to add the Quarterly Value Death Benefit to your Contract. After we issue the Contract, you cannot remove Quarterly Value Death Benefit from your Contract. If you select the Quarterly Value Death Benefit, you must also select an Additional Required Benefit at issue (currently Income Protector is the only available Additional Required Benefit). You can select Income Protector once at issue, or on a Quarterly Anniversary during the Accumulation Phase (if available) before the older Covered Person reaches age 81. We reserve the right to stop offering Income Protector after the Issue Date.

If you have an Additional Required Benefit, you can remove it subject to certain restrictions (for more information see Removing Income Protector in section 11.a, Removing Income Focus in Appendix F, and Removing Investment Protector in Appendix G). You cannot re-select Income Protector in the future after you remove it from your Contract. If you select the Quarterly Value Death Benefit and remove an Additional Required Benefit without simultaneously replacing it, you keep any prior lock ins of quarterly investment gains to your death benefit but you will not receive any future lock ins and we no longer assess the additional 0.30% M&E charge for the Quarterly Value Death Benefit.

Replacing Optional Benefits

If you have Investment Protector and would like to replace it with Income Protector, you can do so one time if you meet the age selection requirement, and Income Protector is available. If you replace Investment Protector with Income Protector, we require you to reallocate your Contract Value and change your future allocation instructions to comply with Income Protector’s Investment Option allocation and transfer restrictions. This is the only replacement we allow. A replacement includes both the simultaneous removal and addition of benefits on a Quarterly

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

Anniversary, as well as removing one benefit on a Quarterly Anniversary and adding another benefit on a future Quarterly Anniversary. Income Protector’s guarantees may be more or less than Investment Protector’s guarantees.

Primary Differences Between Income Protector and Investment Protector
	Income Protector	Investment Protector
What are the benefit features?	Lifetime income payments (Lifetime Plus Payments) with continued access to both Contract Value and a death benefit.	A future Contract Value guarantee (the Target Value).
On whom do we base the benefit?	The Covered Person(s), who must either be Owners, Annuitant or Beneficiaries.	The Owner (or Annuitant if Owner is a non-individual).
What are the current charges?	The current rider charge is 1.40% of the Benefit Base for single and joint Lifetime Plus Payments.	The current rider charge is 1.25% or 1.35% of the Target Value as stated in Appendix G.
Can the rider charge increase?	Yes, on each Quarterly Anniversary up to 2.50% for single or 2.75% for joint, or we can decrease it to 0.50%. However, we cannot increase or decrease it more than 0.50% in any twelve-month period.	Yes, on each Quarterly Anniversary up to 2.50% or we can decrease it to 0.35%. However, we cannot increase or decrease it more than 0.35% in any twelve-month period.
Do we restrict additional Purchase Payments?	We only accept additional Purchase Payments before the Benefit Date subect to a $50 minimum and an annual limit of the initial amount. The initial amount is all payments received in the first Contract quarter.	We only accept additional Purchase Payments before the third rider anniversary subect to a $50 minimum and an annual limit of the initial amount. The initial amount is all payments received in the first Contract quarter.
Do we restrict allocations and transfers?	Yes, we restrict the number of Investment Options available to you, but not the amount you can allocate to any one Investment Option.	Yes, and the restrictions change over time and become more conservative.
Is there a waiting period to access the benefit?	No, if the younger Covered Person meets the minimum exercise age when you select the benefit.	The earliest available initial Target Value Date is the Earliest Anniversary stated in Appendix G.
Is there a mandatory beginning date?	No, but if you do not begin Lifetime Plus Payments during the eligibility period, Income Protector ends and you will have paid for the benefit without receiving any of its advantages.	Yes. The initial Target Value Date is when the Contract Value guarantee first takes effect. Subsequent Target Value Dates occur on every Future Anniversary stated in Appendix G.
What are the guaranteed values?	The guaranteed value is Lifetime Plus Payments, which are a percentage of the Benefit Base. The Benefit Base is the greater of the Quarterly Anniversary Value, or the Annual Increase. If selected at issue, the Annual Increase is initially equal to Purchase Payments adjusted for withdrawals plus a quarterly simple interest increase during the Guarantee Years. If selected after issue, the Annual Increase is initially equal to the Contract Value on the Rider Effective Date excluding any Daily Transactions adjusted for subsequent withdrawals and Purchase Payments plus a quarterly simple interest increase during the Guarantee Years. On Quarterly Anniversaries we reset the Annual Increase to equal the Contract Value if greater, and apply future quarterly simple interest to this reset value. The Lifetime Plus Payment Percentages, simple interest increase (Annual Increase Percentage) and Guarantee Years are stated in the Rate Sheet Supplement.	The Target Value is equal to the greater of the highest Contract Anniversary value (Rider Anniversary Value) multiplied by the Guarantee Percentage stated in Appendix G, or the total Purchase Payments adjusted for withdrawals if selected at issue, or the Contract Value on the Rider Effective Date excluding any Daily Transactions adjusted for subsequent withdrawals and Purchase Payments if selected after issue. It is guaranteed to be available on each Target Value Date.

11.a Income Protector

We designed Lifetime Plus Payments to last for the lifetime of the Covered Person(s). If you do not begin Lifetime Plus Payments before all Covered Persons die or are removed from the Contract, Income Protector ends and you will not receive any payments. Lifetime Plus Payments are available once the younger Covered Person reaches the minimum exercise age and before the older Covered Person reaches age 91. The minimum exercise age is stated in the Rate Sheet

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

Supplement. You choose your payment frequency and amount subject to an annual maximum. Once established, the annual maximum Lifetime Plus Payment can increase, but it cannot decrease unless you take an Excess Withdrawal.

There are several important points to consider before selecting Income Protector.

•	If you do not begin Lifetime Plus Payments during the eligibility period, the benefit ends and you will have paid for the benefit without receiving any of its advantages. In addition, before Lifetime Plus Payments begin you are paying for a benefit that you are not currently using.
•	Income Protector provides no payment until the younger Covered Person reaches the minimum exercise age.
•	This benefit is subject to a rider charge, as described in the Fee Tables and section 7, Expenses – Rider Charge.
•	This benefit does not create Contract Value or guarantee Investment Option performance.
•	If you select this benefit, we restrict your selection of Investment Options and rebalance your Contract Value quarterly. We also restrict additional Purchase Payments and Contract Value allocations and transfers. These restrictions support the benefit’s guarantees, and to the extent they limit your investment flexibility, they may limit the upside potential to your Contract Value and Benefit Base.
•	If you select this benefit, any active flexible rebalancing program ends.
•	If you take less than the annual maximum Lifetime Plus Payment, you will not receive an annual payment increase.
•	For Joint Owners and/or joint Covered Persons, if you and your spouse divorce after selecting Income Protector and you notify us, we treat any request to reduce or divide benefits under this Contract as a request for a withdrawal of Contract Value payable to you. We process the withdrawal and remove one spouse from the Contract as a Covered Person, Owner, and/or Annuitant, according to your instructions or any applicable court order. This withdrawal is subject to any applicable tax or withdrawal charge, and may reduce the Benefit Base and/or cause Lifetime Plus Payments and Income Protector to end prematurely. However, if you do not notify us of the divorce, the Contract continues and upon the death of an Owner, we pay any applicable death benefit to the Beneficiary(s) and the Contract and this benefit both end.

Please discuss Income Protector’s appropriateness with your Financial Professional and tax adviser.

Selecting Income Protector

You can select Income Protector at issue, or on any Quarterly Anniversary during the Accumulation Phase once before the older Covered Person reaches age 81 if available as described in the Note below. Covered Person(s) are discussed in section 2.

You can select Income Protector after the Issue Date by completing the appropriate form. We add this benefit to your Contract on the Quarterly Anniversary (or on the next Business Day if the Quarterly Anniversary is not a Business Day) after we receive your request in Good Order at our Service Center, and the Rider Effective Date is that Quarterly Anniversary. For the request to be in Good Order, we must receive this form no earlier than 30 days before a Quarterly Anniversary, and no later than 4 p.m. Eastern Time on the last Business Day before the Quarterly Anniversary. If we receive your request outside this time period, we ask you to resubmit it for the next Quarterly Anniversary. Your Contract Value on the Rider Effective Date must be at least $10,000. You must reallocate your Contract Value and change your future allocation instructions to comply with the Investment Option allocation and transfer restrictions discussed later in this section before we add this benefit to your Contract.

• You cannot have Income Protector and Income Focus or Investment Protector at the same time. You can only have one of these benefits.

• You can only select Income Protector one time. You cannot select Income Protector, remove it from your Contract and then reselect it.

• Income Protector is not available if your Contract ever included Income Focus. If you have questions about whether Income Protector is available to you, please contact our Service Center at the toll-free telephone number listed at the back of this prospectus.

Removing Income Protector

You can remove Income Protector from your Contract while the Contract Value is positive. You cannot re-select this benefit in the future after you remove it from your Contract.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

You can remove Income Protector by completing the appropriate form. We remove this benefit from your Contract on the Quarterly Anniversary (or on the next Business Day if the Quarterly Anniversary is not a Business Day) that occurs immediately after we receive your request in Good Order at our Service Center, and the rider termination date is that Quarterly Anniversary.

If we increase this benefit’s rider charge and you want to remove this benefit before the increase, we must receive this form within 30 days of the date of our letter notifying you of the rider charge increase. If we receive your form after this period, we increase your rider charge and ask you to resubmit the form for the next Quarterly Anniversary.

If you are removing this benefit for any other reason, your request is in Good Order if we receive this form no earlier than 30 days before a Quarterly Anniversary, and no later than 4 p.m. Eastern Time on the last Business Day before the Quarterly Anniversary. If we receive your request outside this time period, we ask you to resubmit it for the next Quarterly Anniversary.

If you allocated Contract Value to Investment Options that are only available under Income Protector, you must transfer your Contract Value out of these Investment Options and remove these Investment Options from your future Purchase Payment allocation instructions for your removal request to be in Good Order.

On the rider termination date Lifetime Plus Payments (if applicable) stop, we deduct the final rider charge, and the restrictions on additional Purchase Payments and Contract Value allocations and transfers no longer apply.

Lifetime Plus Payment Overview

We base your initial annual maximum Lifetime Plus Payment on the Benefit Base and Payment Percentage. When payments begin (on the Benefit Date), the Benefit Base is the greatest of:

•	Contract Value determined on the Benefit Date excluding any Daily Transactions,
•	highest Contract Value from any prior Quarterly Anniversary adjusted for subsequent withdrawals (Quarterly Anniversary Value), or
•	quarterly simple interest (Annual Increase Percentage) applied to Purchase Payments adjusted for withdrawals for a guaranteed number of years (Guarantee Years). Each quarter we reset the simple interest value to equal the Contract Value, if greater (Annual Increase).

The Payment Percentages table, Annual Increase Percentage and the number of Guarantee Years that are used to calculate your Lifetime Plus Payments and Annual Increase are stated in the Rate Sheet Supplement.

The annual maximum Lifetime Plus Payment is the amount you are entitled to receive each year, but you can choose to take an actual payment that is less than your annual maximum Lifetime Plus Payment. If you take less than 100% of your annual maximum Lifetime Plus Payment in a Benefit Year, you are not eligible for a potential payment increase in the next Benefit Year. Your annual maximum Lifetime Plus Payment may increase based on the Covered Person’s age and/or if the Contract Value increases. However, your annual maximum payment does not increase just as a result of the Covered Person reaching an age that has a higher Payment Percentage; the result of the current Contract Value multiplied by the increased Payment Percentage must be greater than your current annual maximum payment for your payment to increase. For more information, see “Automatic Annual Lifetime Plus Payment Increases.”

Benefit Base

The Benefit Base determines both your rider charge and your initial annual maximum Lifetime Plus Payment. The greater the Benefit Base, the greater the initial annual maximum Lifetime Plus Payment.

On the Rider Effective Date, and on each Business Day before the Benefit Date, the Benefit Base is equal to the greater of the Quarterly Anniversary Value or the Annual Increase. On the Benefit Date, we compare your Benefit Base to the current Contract Value (excluding any Daily Transactions) and increase your Benefit Base to equal this Contract Value if it is greater.

On and after the Benefit Date, your Benefit Base only changes if you take an Excess Withdrawal, or we increase your annual maximum Lifetime Plus Payment. Changes in the Benefit Base also change your daily rider charge amount. Excess Withdrawals reduce your Benefit Base by the percentage of Contract Value withdrawn, determined at the end of the

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

Business Day we process the withdrawal. An annual payment increase may increase or decrease your Benefit Base on a Benefit Anniversary (or the next Business Day if the Benefit Anniversary is not a Business Day) as follows.

•

If we increase your annual maximum Lifetime Plus Payment because the Contract Value increased, we increase your Benefit Base by the same percentage that we increased the payment.

•

If we increase your annual maximum Lifetime Plus Payment because the Payment Percentage determined by using the Covered Person’s age multiplied by the current Contract Value results in a higher payment, we change your Benefit Base to equal this Contract Value. This change may increase or decrease your Benefit Base. For example, suppose a 65-year old has an annual maximum Lifetime Plus Payment of $4,000 based on the Benefit Base of $100,000 and a 4% Payment Percentage ($4,000 = 4% x $100,000). On the next Benefit Anniversary, assume the Payment Percentage increases to 4.5% based on the Covered Person’s age. At 4.5%, the annual maximum Lifetime Plus Payment would increase if the current Contract Value was at least $88,912 ($88,912 x 4.5% = $4,001). Assuming the Contract Value is $88,912, the Benefit Base would then reduce from $100,000 to $88,912 and the annual maximum Lifetime Plus Payment would increase to $4,001.

Quarterly Anniversary Value

While the benefit is in effect, we only calculate the Quarterly Anniversary Value before the Benefit Date.

If the Rider Effective Date is the Issue Date, the Quarterly Anniversary Value is initially equal to the Purchase Payment received on the Issue Date. If the Rider Effective Date occurs after the Issue Date, the Quarterly Anniversary Value is initially equal to the Contract Value on the Rider Effective Date, excluding any Daily Transactions.

At the end of each Business Day, we adjust the Quarterly Anniversary Value as follows.

•	We increase it by the amount of any additional Purchase Payments.
•	We reduce it by the percentage of any Contract Value withdrawn. Withdrawals include any withdrawal charges, but do not include amounts we withdraw for the transfer fee, contract maintenance charge, or rider charge.

On each Quarterly Anniversary (or on the next Business Day if the Quarterly Anniversary is not on a Business Day) the Quarterly Anniversary Value is equal to the greater of its current value, or the Contract Value excluding any Daily Transactions.

Annual Increase

While the benefit is in effect, we only calculate the Annual Increase before the Benefit Date.

On each Quarterly Anniversary during the Guarantee Years, we apply a simple interest increase of one-fourth of the Annual Increase Percentage to the Purchase Payments adjusted for withdrawals (or the Contract Value on the Rider Effective Date, if applicable). Next, we compare this value to the Contract Value and increase it to equal the Contract Value if the Contract Value is greater (reset). We then apply any future simple interest increases to the reset value. Contract Value resets occur during the entire period we calculate the Annual Increase, not just during the Guarantee Years.

We establish your Contract’s number of Guarantee Years and Annual Increase Percentage on the Rider Effective Date and we cannot change them. The Guarantee Years are the maximum number of years that you can receive simple interest increases under the Annual Increase. The number of Guarantee Years and the Annual Increase Percentage for the Income Protector rider are stated in the Rate Sheet Supplement.

If the Rider Effective Date is the Issue Date, both the Annual Increase and Increase Base are initially equal to the Purchase Payment received on the Issue Date. If the Rider Effective Date occurs after the Issue Date, both the Annual Increase and Increase Base are initially equal to the Contract Value on the Rider Effective Date, excluding any Daily Transactions.

At the end of each Business Day, we adjust both the Annual Increase and Increase Base as follows.

•	We increase them by the amount of any additional Purchase Payments.
•	We reduce them by the percentage of any Contract Value withdrawn. Withdrawals include any withdrawal charges, but do not include amounts we withdraw for the transfer fee, contract maintenance charge, or rider charge.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

On each Quarterly Anniversary on or before the maximum Rider Anniversary (or the next Business Day if the Quarterly Anniversary is not a Business Day), the Annual Increase is equal to:

a + (b x (c – d))

Where:

a	=	The Annual Increase.
b	=	The Annual Increase Percentage we set on the Rider Effective Date (which is stated in the Rate Sheet Supplement) divided by four.
c	=	The Increase Base.
d	=	Purchase Payments* received on or after the prior Quarterly Anniversary. If you select this benefit at issue, we exclude from “d” any Purchase Payments received before the first Quarterly Anniversary.

*	We reduce each Purchase Payment by the percentage of any Contract Value withdrawn, including any withdrawal charge, for each withdrawal taken since we received that payment.

The maximum Rider Anniversary is the Quarterly Anniversary that occurs on the number of Guarantee Years after the Rider Effective Date. For example, if the Issue Date is June 1, 2013, the Rider Effective Date is September 1, 2013, and the number of Guarantee Years is 30, then the maximum Rider Anniversary is September 1, 2043.

We then automatically increase both the Annual Increase and the Increase Base to equal the Contract Value, excluding any Daily Transactions, if this Contract Value is greater than the Annual Increase we just calculated. As previously stated, these resets can occur during the entire period we calculate the Annual Increase.

Requesting Lifetime Plus Payments

You request Lifetime Plus Payments by completing a payment election form. Lifetime Plus Payments begin on the Benefit Date. The Benefit Date can be either the 1st or 15th of a calendar month, or any other day that you request and we agree to. However, we do not allow the Benefit Date to be later than the 28th of a calendar month. At least one Covered Person must be alive on the Benefit Date in order for Lifetime Plus Payments to begin. You cannot submit this form until the younger Covered Person reaches the minimum exercise age, or once the older Covered Person reaches age 91. We establish your Contract’s minimum exercise age on the Rider Effective Date and we cannot increase it. The minimum exercise age is stated in the Rate Sheet Supplement.

We will begin making payments to you automatically without your request if your Contract Value reduces to zero for any reason other than a withdrawal or annuitization while this benefit is in effect and before the Benefit Date. In this instance we calculate your annual maximum Lifetime Plus Payment and begin making annual payments to you on the next available Benefit Date.

If the Benefit Date has not occurred six months before the older Covered Person reaches age 91, we send you written notice that the benefit is about to end. If the benefit ends before Lifetime Plus Payments begin, you will have paid for the benefit without receiving any of its advantages.

Once Lifetime Plus Payments begin:

•	You cannot make additional Purchase Payments, therefore total Purchase Payments adjusted for withdrawals under the Traditional Death Benefit (if applicable) no longer increases.
•	Any active automatic investment plan and/or systematic withdrawal or dollar cost averaging programs end.
•	The free withdrawal privilege is not available.
•	You can only remove Income Protector while the Contract Value is positive. If you remove this benefit, the restrictions listed above do not apply on or after the rider termination date.
•	You can only change the Owner if you selected joint Lifetime Plus Payments and an Owner dies and the spouse continues the Contract.
•	The rider charge continues until the benefit ends, or the Business Day the Contract Value reduces to zero.
•	If you select the Quarterly Value Death Benefit, its additional M&E charge continues as indicated in section 7, Expenses – Mortality and Expense Risk (M&E) Charge.
•	If you annuitize the Contract, Lifetime Plus Payments stop and Income Protector ends.
•	The Contract Value continues to fluctuate as a result of Investment Option performance. It decreases on a dollar for dollar basis with each Lifetime Plus Payment, Excess Withdrawal, and any Contract charges we deduct.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

•	Lifetime Plus Payments do not reduce your Benefit Base, but Excess Withdrawals reduce your Benefit Base and annual maximum Lifetime Plus Payment by the percentage of Contract Value withdrawn (including any withdrawal charge). If you take an Excess Withdrawal of your total Contract Value, Lifetime Plus Payments stop and Income Protector ends.
•	Each Lifetime Plus Payment and any Excess Withdrawal reduces the total Purchase Payments adjusted for withdrawals under the Traditional Death Benefit (or the Quarterly Anniversary Value under the Quarterly Value Death Benefit, if applicable) by the percentage of Contract Value withdrawn (including any withdrawal charge).
•	Any part of your annual maximum Lifetime Plus Payment that you do not withdraw in a given Benefit Year remains in your Contract for the remainder of that year, but is not added to the annual maximum payment available next year.
•	We may increase your annual maximum Lifetime Plus Payment on every Benefit Anniversary before the older Covered Person reaches age 91. If you receive a payment increase, we may also change your Benefit Base.
•	If your Contract Value reduces to zero for any reason other than an Excess Withdrawal or annuitization that does not convert your Lifetime Plus Payments to Annuity Payments, you will continue to receive your maximum available Lifetime Plus Payment at the previous selected payment frequency until the earlier of the death of the Owner or last surviving Covered Person.

Calculating Your Lifetime Plus Payments

The annual maximum Lifetime Plus Payment is the amount you are entitled to receive each Benefit Year. On the Benefit Date, the initial annual maximum Lifetime Plus Payment is equal to the Benefit Base multiplied by the Payment Percentage, determined by using the Covered Person’s current age. The Payment Percentages table for the Income Protector rider is stated in the Rate Sheet Supplement. On the Benefit Date, if your initial annual maximum Lifetime Plus Payment is less than $100, the benefit ends and you will have paid for the benefit without receiving any of its advantages. For example, assuming a 4% initial Payment Percentage, if you take withdrawals that reduce the Benefit Base to less than $2,500, this would result in an initial Lifetime Plus Payment of less than $100.

You can receive Lifetime Plus Payments monthly, quarterly, semi-annually, or annually. If the scheduled payment date does not fall on a Business Day, we make the payment on the next Business Day.

You can change your payment frequency once each Benefit Year while your Contract Value is positive. A Benefit Year is a period of twelve months beginning on the Benefit Date or any subsequent Benefit Anniversary. You must provide notice of any requested payment frequency change to our Service Center at least 30 days before the Benefit Anniversary. If the change is available, we implement it on the Benefit Anniversary and it remains in effect until the benefit ends or you request another change. We do not accept payment frequency changes that would cause us to make payments of $0.01 to $99.99.

The annual maximum Lifetime Plus Payment is the amount you are entitled to, but you can choose to take less. The annual actual Lifetime Plus Payment is the total amount you choose to receive each year. Any part of your annual maximum payment that you do not withdraw in a given Benefit Year is not added to the annual maximum payment available next year. Each Lifetime Plus Payment you receive is equal to the annual actual Lifetime Plus Payment divided by the number of payments you chose to receive during the Benefit Year. Each actual Lifetime Plus Payment must either be zero, or $100 or more. For example, you cannot request an annual payment of $50.

If you would like to take less than the maximum available payment, you can change your payment amount once each Benefit Year while your Contract Value is positive by providing notice to our Service Center at least 30 days before the Benefit Anniversary. If the change is available, we implement it on the Benefit Anniversary and it remains in effect until the benefit ends or you request another change.

Once Lifetime Plus Payments have begun, if your Contract Value reduces to zero for any reason other than an Excess Withdrawal or annuitization, you will continue to receive your maximum Lifetime Plus Payment at the previous selected payment frequency until the earlier of the death of the Owner or last surviving Covered Person.

We deduct each Lifetime Plus Payment, Excess Withdrawal, and any additional payment resulting from a required minimum distribution, proportionately from the Investment Options. We continue to rebalance the Contract Value quarterly among the Investment Options according to your future Purchase Payment allocation instructions while this benefit is in effect. You can also continue to make transfers between the Investment Options while your benefit is in effect, subject to the restrictions set out in section 5, Investment Options – Transfers Between Investment Options, and the “Investment Option Allocation and Transfer Restrictions” discussion later in this section.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

Excess Withdrawals

Your annual maximum Lifetime Plus Payment only decreases if you take an Excess Withdrawal. An Excess Withdrawal is a withdrawal you take while you are receiving Lifetime Plus Payments, that when added to any other withdrawals taken during the Benefit Year and your annual actual payment, is greater than your current annual maximum payment. If your actual Lifetime Plus Payment is less than your annual maximum payment, you can withdraw the difference and we consider that withdrawal to be an additional actual Lifetime Plus Payment, and not an Excess Withdrawal. Excess Withdrawals include any applicable withdrawal charge, but do not include amounts we withdraw for the transfer fee, contract maintenance charge, or rider charge.

For example, assume your annual maximum Lifetime Plus Payment is $2,000 and you take an annual actual Lifetime Plus Payment of $1,000. Within a Benefit Year, you can take an additional withdrawal of up to $1,000 and we consider that to be an additional actual Lifetime Plus Payment. If you withdraw $1,200, we consider the first $1,000 to be an additional actual Lifetime Plus Payment and the next $200 to be an Excess Withdrawal.

Any partial Excess Withdrawal must comply with the restrictions in section 8, Access to Your Money and the following provisions. If your Contract Value is less than $2,000, you can only withdraw the total remaining Contract Value (less any rider charge). Also, if at the end of the Business Day that we process your Excess Withdrawal your Contract Value is less than $2,000, you must withdraw the total remaining Contract Value (less any rider charge). If you take an Excess Withdrawal of the total remaining Contract Value your entire Contract ends.

Excess Withdrawals reduce your annual maximum Lifetime Plus Payment on the next Benefit Anniversary after the withdrawal. For each Excess Withdrawal, we reduce your annual maximum payment by the same percentage that we reduced the Benefit Base. If partial Excess Withdrawals reduce your annual maximum Lifetime Plus Payment to less than $100, we send you the total remaining Contract Value (less any rider charge) and your Contract ends.

• For Qualified Contracts, if we calculate a required minimum distribution (RMD) based on this Contract, after making all Lifetime Plus Payments for the calendar year, we determine whether this calendar year’s total RMD has been satisfied by these payments and any Excess Withdrawals. If the RMD amount for this Contract has not been satisfied, we send you this remaining amount as one RMD payment by the end of the calendar year. We consider this payment to be a withdrawal, but it is not an Excess Withdrawal and it is not subject to a withdrawal charge.

• For required annuitization, if on the Annuity Date you are receiving Lifetime Plus Payments, we guarantee to pay you the greater of your maximum Lifetime Plus Payment or Annuity Payments based on the Contract Value under Annuity Option 1 or Annuity Option 3. If you select any other Annuity Option, this guarantee does not apply. For more information, see section 9, The Annuity Phase

Automatic Annual Lifetime Plus Payment Increases

We may change your annual maximum Lifetime Plus Payment on each Benefit Anniversary before the older Covered Person reaches age 91 as follows.

•

If you took your annual maximum Lifetime Plus Payment during the last Benefit Year, we increase next year’s annual maximum payment if the Contract Value is greater than the Contract Value on the prior Benefit Anniversary (or the Benefit Date if this is the first Benefit Anniversary). If either of these dates does not occur on a Business Day, we use Contract Values from the next Business Day. For the Benefit Date and each Benefit Anniversary, we exclude from that day’s Contract Value any Daily Transactions. This increase is equal to the percentage of growth between these two Contract Values. For example, if the Contract Value increased by 5%, we also increase your annual maximum Lifetime Plus Payment by 5%.

•

If the Payment Percentage determined by using the Covered Person’s current age multiplied by the current Contract Value (excluding any Daily Transactions) results in a higher annual maximum Lifetime Plus Payment. The Payment Percentages table for Income Protector is stated in the Rate Sheet Supplement.

• Automatic annual Lifetime Plus Payment increases are not available once the older Covered Person reaches age 91, or on or after the Business Day your Contract Value reduces to zero.

• If we increased the Contract Value to equal the death benefit due to a spousal continuation of the Contract during the last Benefit Year, we also subtract the amount of this increase from the Contract Value on the next Benefit Anniversary when determining annual payment increases.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

Rate Sheet Supplement

As previously indicated, the Annual Increase Percentage, Guarantee Years, Payment Percentages table and the minimum exercise age that Lifetime Plus Payments can begin for the Income Protector rider are stated in the Rate Sheet Supplement that you receive at the time you select the benefit and that is in effect on your Rider Effective Date. We cannot change these values for your Contract while your benefit is in effect. These values may change from time to time and will be reflected in an amended Rate Sheet Supplement filed on EDGAR at www.sec.gov under File Number 333 182989. The Rate Sheet Supplement currently in effect can also be found on our website at www.allianzlife.com/connectionsrates. You should not select Income Protector without first obtaining the current Rate Sheet Supplement. You can contact us to receive the Rate Sheet Supplement applicable to your Contract by calling our Service Center at the toll-free telephone number listed at the back of this prospectus. If you select Income Protector at issue, we will send you a copy of the Rate Sheet Supplement for the rider when we issue the Contract. If you select Income Protector after the Issue Date, the Rate Sheet Supplement will be delivered to you with the rider. For previously available Income Protector riders issued before April 29, 2019, the Annual Increase Percentage, Guarantee Years, Payment Percentages table and the minimum exercise age are stated in Appendix H. Historical Rate Sheet Supplements for Income Protector can be found in Appendix B to the SAI.

Taxation of Lifetime Plus Payments

We treat Lifetime Plus Payments as withdrawals for tax purposes as discussed in section 12, Taxes – Taxation of Lifetime Payments.

Investment Option Allocation and Transfer Restrictions and Quarterly Rebalancing

Under Income Protector, we restrict your Investment Option selection. By selecting this benefit, you agree to allow us to rebalance your Contract Value quarterly, as described here. We put these restrictions in place to support Income Protector’s guarantees. To the extent these restrictions limit your investment flexibility, they may limit the upside potential to your Investment Option returns, which may limit your Contract Value and Benefit Base.

If you select Income Protector, we currently require you to allocate your Contract Value to the Investment Options listed below.

Income Protector available Investment Options

AZL DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Fund
AZL Enhanced Bond Index Fund
AZL Fidelity Institutional Asset Management^® Total Bond Fund
AZL Government Money Market Fund
AZL MetWest Total Return Bond Fund
AZL MVP Balanced Index Strategy Fund
AZL MVP BlackRock Global Strategy Plus Fund
AZL MVP DFA Multi-Strategy Fund
AZL MVP Fidelity Institutional Asset Management^® Multi-Strategy Fund

AZL MVP Fusion Dynamic Balanced Fund
AZL MVP Fusion Dynamic Conservative Fund
AZL MVP Fusion Dynamic Moderate Fund
AZL MVP Growth Index Strategy Fund
AZL MVP Moderate Index Strategy Fund
AZL MVP T. Rowe Price Capital Appreciation Plus Fund
JPMorgan Insurance Trust Core Bond Portfolio
MFS VIT Total Return Bond Portfolio
PIMCO VIT Balanced Allocation Portfolio
PIMCO VIT Global Core Bond (Hedged) Portfolio
PIMCO VIT Total Return Portfolio
RCM Dynamic Multi-Asset Plus VIT Portfolio

We may add, remove or substitute Investment Options from this list. We secure all necessary SEC and other governmental approvals before removing or substituting an Investment Option. We send you written notice regarding additions, removals or substitutions. When an Investment Option within this list is removed or substituted, we send you written notice 30 days before the removal or substitution date.

• The available Investment Options for previous versions of Income Protector are listed in Appendix H.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

count them against the free transfers we allow. To change this quarterly rebalancing, you must change your future Purchase Payment allocation instructions. Any requested change to these instructions must comply with the restrictions stated here or we reject your change.

When Income Protector Ends

Income Protector ends on the earliest of the following.

•	The Business Day we process your request to remove this benefit from your Contract (the rider termination date).
•	The Business Day all original Covered Persons no longer have the required relationship (Owner, Annuitant or sole Beneficiary) as stated under “Covered Persons” in section 2.
•	The older Covered Person’s 91st birthday if it occurs before the Benefit Date.
•	The Business Day before the Annuity Date.
•	The Business Day we process your request for a full withdrawal, other than a full withdrawal caused by a Lifetime Plus Payment.
•	The Benefit Date or a Benefit Anniversary if the annual maximum Lifetime Plus Payment is less than $100.
•	Upon the death of an Owner (or Annuitant if the Owner is a non-individual), the end of the Business Day we first receive a Valid Claim from any one Beneficiary. However, if a federally recognized spouse is a Covered Person and continues this Contract, Income Protector also continues.
•	The date of death of the last surviving Covered Person.
•	The Business Day the Contract ends.

11.b Quarterly Value Death Benefit

We designed the Quarterly Value Death Benefit to lock in any quarterly investment gains to provide an increased death benefit for Beneficiaries. You can select this benefit at issue if it is available in your state and once you select it you cannot remove it from your Contract. The Quarterly Value Death Benefit carries an additional M&E charge as described in the Fee Tables and section 7, Expenses – Mortality and Expense Risk (M&E) Charge.

The Quarterly Value Death Benefit is the greater of the Contract Value (after deduction of the final rider charge, if applicable), or the Quarterly Anniversary Value.

The Quarterly Anniversary Value is initially equal to the Purchase Payment received on the Issue Date.

At the end of each Business Day, we adjust the Quarterly Anniversary Value as follows.

•	We increase it by the amount of any additional Purchase Payments.
•	We reduce it by the percentage of any Contract Value withdrawn. Withdrawals include Lifetime Plus Payments or Income Focus Payments, Excess Withdrawals and any withdrawal charges; but do not include amounts we withdraw for the transfer fee, contract maintenance charge, or rider charge.

On each Quarterly Anniversary before the end date (or on the next Business Day if the Quarterly Anniversary is not on a Business Day) the Quarterly Anniversary Value is equal to the greater of its current value, or the Contract Value excluding any Daily Transactions. On and after the end date, we no longer make this comparison and you will no longer receive lock ins of any quarterly investment gains.

The end date occurs on the earliest of:

•	the rider termination date if you remove an Additional Required Benefit and do not simultaneously replace it with another Additional Required Benefit;
•	the older Determining Life’s 91st birthday; or
•	the end of the Business Day we receive the first Valid Claim from any one Beneficiary.

If you are the Determining Life, or if you and the Determining Life (Lives) are different individuals and die simultaneously as defined by applicable state law or regulation we determine the Quarterly Value Death Benefit at the end of the Business Day we receive a Valid Claim. For multiple Beneficiaries, each surviving Beneficiary receives the greater of their portion of the Quarterly Anniversary Value determined at the end of the Business Day we receive the first Valid Claim from any one Beneficiary, or their portion of the Contract Value determined at the end of the Business Day during which we receive his or her Valid Claim.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

If you and the Determining Life (Lives) are different individuals and do not die simultaneously, the death benefit is as follows. This can only occur if you change the Owner after the Issue Date.

•

If a Determining Life dies before you we do not pay a death benefit to the Beneficiary(s), but we may increase the Contract Value. We compare the Contract Value and Quarterly Anniversary Value determined at the end of Business Day we receive due proof of a Determining Life’s death. If your Contract Value is less than the Quarterly Anniversary Value, we increase your Contract Value to equal the Quarterly Anniversary Value. The Quarterly Anniversary Value becomes the Contract Value, and the Quarterly Value Death Benefit ends. We allocate any Contract Value increase to the Investment Options according to future Purchase Payment allocation instructions.

•

Upon your death your Beneficiary(s) receive the Contract Value determined at the end of the Business Day during which we receive each Beneficiary’s Valid Claim.

The Quarterly Value Death Benefit ends upon the earliest of the following.

•	The Business Day before the Annuity Date.
•	The Business Day that the Quarterly Anniversary Value and Contract Value are both zero.
•	Upon the death of a Determining Life, the end of the Business Day we receive a Valid Claim from all Beneficiaries if you and the Determining Life are the same individuals, or if you and the Determining Life (Lives) are different individuals and die simultaneously as defined by applicable state law or regulation.
•	Upon the death of a Determining Life, the end of the Business Day we receive due proof of the Determining Life’s death if you and the Determining Life (Lives) are different individuals and do not die simultaneously.
•	Upon the death of an Owner (or Annuitant if the Owner is a non-individual), the end of the Business Day we receive the first Valid Claim from any one Beneficiary, if the Owner (or Annuitant) is no longer a Determining Life.
•	The Business Day the Contract ends.

• Requires selection of an Additional Required Benefit. If you remove the Additional Required Benefit without simultaneously replacing it with another Additional Required Benefit, you keep any prior lock ins of quarterly investment gains to your death benefit but you will not receive any future lock ins and we no longer assess the additional 0.30% M&E charge for the Quarterly Value Death Benefit.

• If you select Income Protector or have Income Focus, your Contract Value decreases with each Lifetime Plus Payment or Income Focus Payment, Excess Withdrawal, and rider charge deduction. This reduces the likelihood of locking in investment gains and directly reduces the Quarterly Anniversary Value. Taking lifetime payments and Excess Withdrawals may cause the Quarterly Value Death Benefit to end.

• The Quarterly Value Death Benefit is a first-to-die benefit based on the Determining Life (Lives). This means that upon the death of an Owner (or Annuitant if the Owner is a non-individual), if a surviving spouse continues the Contract the Quarterly Value Death Benefit is no longer available and we no longer assess the additional 0.30% M&E charge for this benefit. Also, if you and the Determining Life (Lives) are different individuals and you die first, the Quarterly Value Death Benefit is not available to your Beneficiary(s).

• The Quarterly Value Death Benefit cannot be less than the Traditional Death Benefit, but they may be equal. Please discuss this benefit’s appropriateness with your Financial Professional.

12. Taxes

This section provides a summary explanation of the tax ramifications of purchasing a Contract. More detailed information about product taxation is contained in the SAI, which is available by calling the toll-free telephone number at the back of this prospectus. We do not provide individual tax advice. You should contact your tax adviser to discuss this Contract’s effects on your personal tax situation.

Qualified and Non-Qualified Contracts

You can purchase either a Qualified Contract or a Non-Qualified Contract. A Qualified Contract is purchased pursuant to a specialized provision of the Internal Revenue Code (Code). For example, a Contract may be purchased pursuant to Section 408 of the Code as an Individual Retirement Annuity (IRA).

Qualified Contracts are subject to certain restrictions, including restrictions on the amount of annual contributions, restrictions on how much you can earn and still be able to contribute to a Qualified Contract, and specialized restrictions on withdrawals. Qualified Contracts must be purchased from earned income from the relevant year or years, or from a rollover

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

or transfer from a qualified contract. An IRA to IRA indirect rollover can occur only once in any twelve month period from all of the IRAs you currently own. Purchase Payments to Qualified Contracts other than from a qualified transfer may be restricted once the Owner reaches age 70¹⁄2.

Currently we offer the following types of Qualified Contracts.

Type of Contract	Persons and Entities that can buy the Contract
IRA	Must have the same individual as Owner and Annuitant.
Roth IRA	Must have the same individual as Owner and Annuitant.
Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) IRA	Must have the same individual as Owner and Annuitant.
Certain Code Section 401 Plans	A qualified retirement plan is the Owner and the Annuitant must be an individual.

We may determine which types of qualified retirement plans are eligible to purchase this Contract.

If you purchase a Qualified Contract, you already receive the benefit of tax deferral through the qualified plan, and so you should purchase this Contract for purposes other than tax deferral.

You can instead purchase a Non-Qualified Contract, which is not qualified pursuant to a specialized provision of the Code. There are no Code restrictions on annual contributions to a Non-Qualified Contract or how much you can earn and still contribute to a Contract.

Taxation of Annuity Contracts

The Contract has the following tax characteristics.

•	Taxes on earnings are deferred until you take money out. Non-Qualified Contracts owned by corporations or partnerships do not receive income tax deferral on earnings.
•	When you take money out of a Non-Qualified Contract, earnings are generally subject to federal income tax and applicable state income tax. All pre-tax money distributed from Qualified Contracts are subject to federal and state income tax, but qualified distributions from Roth IRA Contracts are not subject to federal income tax. This prospectus does not address specific state tax laws. You should discuss state taxation with your tax adviser.
•	Taxable distributions are subject to an ordinary income tax rate, rather than a capital gains rate.
•	Distributions from Non-Qualified Contracts are considered investment income for purposes of the Medicare tax on investment income. Thus, in certain circumstances, a 3.8% tax may apply to some or all of the taxable portion of distributions (e.g. earnings) to individuals whose income exceeds certain threshold amounts ($200,000 for filing single, $250,000 for married filing jointly and $125,000 for married filing separately.) Please consult a tax advisor for more information.
•	If you take partial withdrawals from your Non-Qualified Contract, the withdrawals are generally taxed as though you were paid taxable earnings first, and then as a non-taxable return of Purchase Payments.
•	If you annuitize your Non-Qualified Contract and receive a stream of Annuity Payments, you receive the benefit of the exclusion ratio, and each Annuity Payment you receive is treated partly as taxable earnings and partly as a non-taxable return of Purchase Payments.
•	If you take partial withdrawals or annuitize a Qualified Contract, you will be responsible for determining what portion, if any, of the distribution consists of after-tax money.
•	Lifetime Plus Payments and Income Focus Payments are taxed as partial withdrawals.
•	If you take out earnings before age 59¹⁄2, you may be subject to a 10% additional federal tax, unless you take a lifetime annuitization of your Contract or you take money out in a stream of substantially equal payments over your expected life in accordance with the requirements of the Code.
•	A pledge or assignment of a Contract may be treated as a taxable event. You should discuss any pledge or assignment of a Contract with your tax adviser.
•	If you purchase multiple non-qualified deferred annuity contracts from an affiliated group of companies in one calendar year, these contracts are treated as one contract for purposes of determining the tax consequences of any distribution.
•	Death benefit proceeds from Non-Qualified Contracts are taxable to the beneficiary as ordinary income to the extent of any earnings. Death benefit proceeds must be paid out in accordance with the requirements of the Code.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

•	Depending upon the type of Qualified Contract you own, required minimum distributions (RMDs) must be satisfied when you reach a certain age. If you enroll in our minimum distribution program, we make RMD payments to you that are designed to meet this Contract’s RMD requirements.
•	When you take money out of a Contract, we may deduct premium tax that we pay on your Contract. This tax varies from 0% to 3.5%, depending on your state. Currently, we pay this tax and do not pass it on to you.

Taxation of Lifetime Payments

We treat Lifetime Plus Payments and Income Focus Payments (lifetime payments) as withdrawals for tax purposes. This means that, for Non-Qualified Contracts, gains from the entire Contract are considered to be distributed first and are subject to ordinary income tax. Purchase Payments are distributed after gains have been paid out and are generally considered to be a return of your investment and are not subject to income tax. For Qualified Contracts, the total lifetime payment is most likely subject to ordinary income tax. If you are taking withdrawals from the Contract to satisfy the requirements for substantially equal periodic payments under Section 72(t) or 72(q) of the Internal Revenue Code and you begin lifetime payments before the required series of withdrawals is complete, you may incur additional penalties, including a 10% additional federal tax.

Tax-Free Section 1035 Exchanges

Subject to certain restrictions, you can make a “tax-free” exchange under Section 1035 of the Internal Revenue Code for all or a portion of one non-qualified annuity contract for another, or all of a life insurance policy for a non-qualified annuity contract. Before making an exchange, you should compare both contracts carefully. Remember that if you exchange a life insurance policy or annuity contract for the Contract described in this prospectus:

•	you might have to pay a withdrawal charge on your previous contract,
•	there is a new withdrawal charge period for this Contract,
•	other charges under this Contract may be higher (or lower),
•	the benefits may be different, and
•	you no longer have access to any benefits from your previous contract.

If the exchange does not qualify for Section 1035 treatment, you also may have to pay federal income tax, including a possible additional federal tax, on the exchange. You should not exchange an existing life insurance policy or another annuity contract for this Contract unless you determine the exchange is in your best interest and not just better for the person selling you the Contract who generally earns a commission on each sale. You should consult a tax adviser to discuss the potential tax effects before making a 1035 exchange.

13. Other Information

Allianz Life

Allianz Life is a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of the state of Minnesota in 1896. Our address is 5701 Golden Hills Drive, Minneapolis, MN 55416. We currently offer fixed, fixed index, and variable annuities, individual life insurance, and registered index-linked annuities. We are licensed to do direct business in 49 states and the District of Columbia. We are a subsidiary of Allianz SE, a provider of integrated financial services.

The Separate Account

We established Allianz Life Variable Account B (the Separate Account) as a separate account under Minnesota insurance law on May 31, 1985. The Separate Account is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The SEC does not supervise our management of the Separate Account.

The Separate Account holds the assets that underlie the Contracts, except assets allocated to our general account. We keep the Separate Account assets separate from the assets of our general account and other separate accounts. The Separate Account is divided into subaccounts, each of which invests exclusively in a single Investment Option.

We own the assets of the Separate Account. We credit gains to or charge losses against the Separate Account, whether or not realized, without regard to the performance of other investment accounts. The Separate Account’s assets may not be used to pay any of our liabilities, other than those arising from the Contracts.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

If the Separate Account’s assets exceed the required reserves and other liabilities, we may transfer the excess to our general account, to the extent of seed money invested by us or earned fees and charges. The obligations under the Contracts are obligations of Allianz Life.

Distribution

Allianz Life Financial Services, LLC (ALFS), a wholly owned subsidiary of Allianz Life Insurance Company of North America, serves as principal underwriter for the Contracts. ALFS is a limited liability company organized in Minnesota, and is located at 5701 Golden Hills Drive, Minneapolis, MN 55416. ALFS is registered as a broker/dealer with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as well as with the securities commissions in the states in which it operates, and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA). ALFS is not a member of Securities Investors Protection Corporation. More information about ALFS is available at www.finra.org or by calling 1-800-289-9999. You also can obtain an investor brochure from FINRA describing its Public Disclosure Program.

We have entered into a distribution agreement with ALFS for the distribution of the Contracts. ALFS also may perform various administrative services on our behalf.

We may fund ALFS operating and other expenses, including: overhead; legal and accounting fees; Financial Professional training; compensation for the ALFS management team; and other expenses associated with the Contracts. Financial Professionals and their managers may also be eligible for various benefits, such as production incentive bonuses, insurance benefits, and non-cash compensation items that we may provide jointly with ALFS. Non-cash items include conferences, seminars and trips (including travel, lodging and meals in connection therewith), entertainment, awards, merchandise and other similar items.

ALFS does not itself sell the Contracts on a retail basis. Rather, ALFS enters into selling agreements with other broker/dealers registered under the 1934 Act (selling firms) for the sale of the Contracts. We pay sales commissions to the selling firms and their Financial Professionals. The maximum commission payable to the selling firms for Contract sales is expected to not exceed 7% of Purchase Payments. Sometimes, we enter into an agreement with a selling firm to pay commissions as a combination of a certain amount of the commission at the time of sale and a trail commission which, when totaled, could exceed 7% of Purchase Payments.

We and/or ALFS may make bonus payments to certain selling firms based on aggregate sales of our variable insurance contracts (including this Contract) or persistency standards, or as part of a special promotion. These additional payments are not offered to all selling firms, and the terms of any particular agreement governing the payments may vary among selling firms. In some instances, the amount paid may be significant.

A portion of the payments made to selling firms may be passed on to their Financial Professionals. Financial Professionals may receive cash and non-cash compensation and other benefits. Ask your Financial Professional for further information about what they and their firm may receive in connection with your purchase of a Contract.

Commissions paid on the Contract, including other incentives or payments, are not charged directly to the Owners or the Separate Account. We intend to recover commissions and other expenses indirectly through fees and charges imposed under the Contract.

Broker-dealers and their Financial Professionals and managers involved in sales of the Contracts may receive payments from us for administrative and other services that do not directly involve the sale of the Contracts, including payments made for recordkeeping, the recruitment and training of personnel, production of promotional literature and similar services. In addition, certain firms and their Financial Professionals may receive compensation for distribution and administrative services when acting in a wholesaling capacity and working with retail firms.

In certain instances, we and/or ALFS may make payments to a broker/dealer for inclusion of this Contract in its list of products that it offers for sale.

We and/or ALFS may pay certain selling firms additional marketing support allowances for:

•	marketing services and increased access to their Financial Professionals;
•	sales promotions relating to the Contracts;
•	costs associated with sales conferences and educational seminars;
•	the cost of client meetings and presentations; and
•	other sales expenses incurred by them.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

We retain substantial discretion in determining whether to grant a marketing support payment to a particular broker/dealer firm and the amount of any such payment.

We may also make payments for marketing and wholesaling support to broker/dealer affiliates of Investment Options that are available through the variable annuities we offer.

Additional information regarding marketing support payments can be found in the Distributor section of the SAI.

The Investment Options may assess a Rule 12b-1 fee. These fees are paid to ALFS as consideration for providing certain services and incurring certain expenses permitted under the Investment Option’s plan. These fees typically equal 0.25% of an Investment Option’s average daily net assets for the most recent calendar year.

In certain instances, an investment adviser and/or subadviser (and/or their affiliates) of an Investment Option may make payments for administrative services to ALFS or its affiliates.

We offer the Contracts to the public on a continuous basis. We anticipate continuing to offer the Contracts but reserve the right to discontinue the offering.

Additional Credits for Certain Groups

We may credit additional amounts to a Contract instead of modifying charges because of special circumstances that result in lower sales or administrative expenses or better than expected mortality or persistency experience.

Administration/Allianz Service Center

The Allianz Service Center performs certain administrative services regarding the Contracts and is located at 5701 Golden Hills Drive, Minneapolis, Minnesota. The Service Center mailing address and telephone number are listed at the back of this prospectus. The administrative and routine customer services performed by our Service Center include processing and mailing of account statements and other mailings to Owners, responding to Owner correspondence and inquiries. Allianz Life also contracts with Tata Consultancy Services (Tata) located at #42(P) & 45(P), Think Campus, Electronic City, Phase II, Bangalore, Karnataka 560100, India, to perform certain administrative services including:

•	issuance and maintenance of the Contracts,
•	maintenance of Owner records, and
•	routine customer service including:

–	processing of Contract changes,
–	processing withdrawal requests (both partial and total) and
–	processing requests for fixed annuity payments.

Services performed by Tata are overseen and quality control checked by our Service Center.

To reduce expenses, only one copy of most financial reports and prospectuses, including reports and prospectuses for the Investment Options, may be mailed to your household, even if you or other persons in your household have more than one contract issued by us or our affiliate. Call our Service Center at the toll-free telephone number listed at the back of this prospectus if you need additional copies of financial reports, prospectuses, or annual and semiannual reports, or if you would like to receive one copy for each contract in future mailings.

Legal Proceedings

We and our subsidiaries, like other life insurance companies, from time to time are involved in legal proceedings of various kinds, including regulatory proceedings and individual and class action lawsuits. In some legal proceedings involving insurers, substantial damages have been sought and/or material settlement payments have been made. Although the outcome of any such proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe that, at the present time, there are no pending or threatened legal proceedings to which we, the Separate Account, or ALFS is a party that are reasonably likely to materially affect the Separate Account, our ability to meet our obligations under the Contracts, or ALFS ability to perform its obligations.

Financial Statements

The statutory financial statements of Allianz Life and the financial statements of the Separate Account have been included in Part C of the Registration Statement.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

Status Pursuant To Securities Exchange Act Of 1934

Allianz Life hereby relies on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-7 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from the requirement to file reports pursuant to Section 15(d) of that Act.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

14. Privacy Notice

Allianz Life Insurance Company of North America
PO Box 1344
Minneapolis, MN 55440-1344
800.328.5600

Your privacy is a high priority for Allianz (“we” or “our”). This Privacy Notice outlines our principles for collecting, using and protecting information that we maintain about you. This Privacy Notice is also displayed on our website at www.allianzlife.com.

Information about you that Allianz collects

We collect information about you so that we can process the insurance transactions you request and administer or service your policy. We also collect information to inform you of new products and services and to engage in studies or research relating to our business. We limit the information collected to what is needed for our business purposes. We may collect your information from the following sources.

•	From you, either directly or through our financial professionals. This may include information provided on your insurance application or other forms you may complete. The information we collect includes, but is not limited to, your name, social security number, address, telephone number and e-mail address.
•	From others, through the process of issuing a policy or handling a claim. This may include information from consumer reporting agencies and medical or accident reports.
•	From your doctor or during a home visit by a health care professional. This may include your health records gathered with your written consent.
•	From your relationship with us. For example, this may include the number of years you have been a customer or the types of products you have purchased.
•	From data brokers that collect publicly available information about you. This includes household information, financial transactions, and social media activity.

Information about you that Allianz shares

We do not share information about current or former customers with anyone, except as allowed by law. “Allowed by law” means that we may share the information we collect about you as follows.

•	With people and entities when we have your consent to share your information.
•	With our affiliates and other third parties in order to process your application, or administer or service your policy.
•	With consumer reporting agencies to obtain a medical report, credit report, or motor vehicle report. These reports are used to decide eligibility for a policy or to process transactions you request.
•	With our financial professionals so that they can service your policy. They may also inform you of other Allianz products and services that may be of interest to you.
•	With health care providers in order to process your claim.
•	As required or otherwise permitted by law. This may include sharing information with state insurance agencies, law enforcement, and other government officials. We may also share your information to respond to subpoenas, court orders and other legal requests.
•	With research groups to conduct studies on our business to improve the products and services we offer.
•	To inform you of products and services that may be of interest to you. These communications may be made by us, our financial professionals, or through third parties.
•	With our affiliates so they can market their products and services to you. State insurance laws do not allow you to restrict this disclosure.

Allianz does not sell your information to anyone

We do not sell your information to anyone for their own marketing purposes. For this reason, we are not required to obtain your “opt in election,” “opt out election” or authorization.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

Allianz policies and practices regarding security of your information

We limit access to your information to those employees, affiliates, and service providers who need it for our business purposes. We protect your information using safeguards that comply with applicable federal and state law. This includes measures that are administrative, physical, and technical in nature. We use reasonable measures to secure our websites and protect the information that may be shared over these sites.

Your ability to access and correct your information

You have the right to access and obtain a copy of your information. You may write to us and ask for a record of any disclosure of your medical information made within the last three (3) years. This does not include the right to access and copy your information related to a claim or civil or criminal proceeding. If you wish to review your information, please write us at the address above. Provide your full name, address and policy number(s). For your protection, please have your request notarized.

Within 30 working days of our receipt of your written request, you may see and get a copy of your information in person. If you prefer, we will send you a copy of your information. If medical information is contained in your file, we may request that you name a medical professional to whom we will send your information.

If you believe any of your information is incorrect, you may write to us at the address above. Within 30 working days, we will let you know if our review has resulted in a correction of your information. If we do not agree there is an error, you may file a statement disputing our finding. We will attach the statement to your file. We will send any corrections we make, or your statement, to anyone we shared your information with over the past two years, and to anyone who may receive your information from us in the future. We do not control the information about you obtained from a consumer reporting agency or a Department of Motor Vehicles. We will provide you with the names and addresses of these agencies so you can contact them directly.

Notification of change

Your trust is one of our most important assets. If we revise our privacy practices in the future, we will notify you prior to implementing any changes.

For more information or if you have questions

If you have any questions or concerns about our privacy practices, please call the Corporate Compliance Privacy Office at 800.328.5600, write us at the address above, or contact us via the secured website.

This Privacy Notice is being provided on behalf of the following companies:

•	Allianz Life Insurance Company of North America
•	Allianz Life Financial Services, LLC

M40018 (R-8/2017)

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

15. Table of Contents of the SAI

Allianz Life	3
Experts	3
Legal Opinions	4
Distributor	4
Administrative Service Fees	5
Federal Tax Status	5
Annuity Contracts in General	5
Taxation of Annuities in General	5
Qualified Contracts.	6
Purchasing a Qualified Contract	7
Distributions Qualified Contracts	7
Distributions Non-Qualified Contracts	8
Required Distributions	9
Diversification	10
Owner Control.	10
Contracts Owned by Non-Individuals	10
Annuity Purchases by Nonresident Aliens and Foreign Corporations	10

Income Tax Withholding	10
Multiple Contracts	11
Partial 1035 Exchanges	11
Assignments, Pledges and Gratuitous Transfers	11
Death Benefits	11
Spousal Continuation and the Federal Defense of Marriage Act (DOMA)	11
Federal Estate Taxes	12
Generation-Skipping Transfer Tax	12
Foreign Tax Credits	12
Possible Tax Law Changes	12
Annuity Payments	12
Annuity Payment Options	12
Financial Statements	14
Appendix A – Death of the Owner and/or Annuitant	15
Appendix B – Historic Rate Sheet Supplements	18

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Table of Contents

Appendix A – Annual Operating Expenses for Each Investment Option

This table describes, in detail, the annual expenses for each of the Investment Options. We show the expenses as a percentage of an Investment Option’s average daily net assets for the most recent calendar year. Except for the AZL Funds and the PIMCO VIT portfolios, neither the Investment Options nor their advisers are affiliated with us. Expenses may vary in current and future years. The investment advisers for the Investment Options provided the fee and expense information and we did not independently verify it. See the Investment Options’ prospectuses for further information regarding the expenses you may expect to pay. Some of the Investment Options or their affiliates may also pay service fees to us or our affiliates. If these fees are deducted from Investment Option assets, they are reflected in the table below.

Investment Option	Management fees	Rule 12b-1 fees	Service fees	Other expenses	Acquired fund fees and expenses	Total annual fund operating expenses before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements
ALLIANZ
RCM Dynamic Multi-Asset Plus VIT Portfolio	.70	.25	–	.98	.06	1.99
BLACKROCK
AZL Enhanced Bond Index Fund	.35	.25	–	.05	–	.65
AZL Government Money Market Fund⁽¹⁾	.35	.25	–	.28	–	.88
AZL International Index Fund	.35	.25	–	.10	–	.70
AZL Mid Cap Index Fund	.25	.25	–	.06	–	.56
AZL MSCI Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund	.85	.25	–	.18	–	1.28
AZL MSCI Global Equity Index Fund	.70	.25	–	.19	–	1.14
AZL Russell 1000 Growth Index Fund	.44	.25	–	.06	–	.75
AZL Russell 1000 Value Index Fund	.44	.25	–	.06	–	.75
AZL S&P 500 Index Fund – Class 2	.17	.25	–	.06	–	.48
AZL Small Cap Stock Index Fund	.26	.25	–	.07	–	.58
BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund – Class 3	.63	.25	–	.26	.01	1.15
DAVIS
Davis VA Financial Portfolio	.55	–	–	.14	–	.69
DIMENSIONAL
AZL DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Fund	.60	.25	–	.06	–	.91
FIDELITY INSTITUTIONAL ASSET MANAGEMENT^®
AZL Fidelity Institutional Asset Management^® Multi-Strategy Fund	.70	.25	–	.06	–	1.01
AZL Fidelity Institutional Asset Management^® Total Bond Fund	.50	.25	–	.06	–	.81
FIDELITY MANAGEMENT & RESEARCH COMPANY
Fidelity VIP FundsManager 50% Portfolio – Service Class 2	.25	.25	–	–	.43	.93
Fidelity VIP FundsManager 60% Portfolio – Service Class 2	.25	.25	–	–	.49	.99
FRANKLIN TEMPLETON
Franklin Funds Allocation VIP Fund – Class 2	.55	.25	–	.03	.03	.86
Franklin Income VIP Fund – Class 2	.46	.25	–	.01	.02	.74
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund – Class 2	.68	.25	–	.03	.01	.97
Franklin U.S. Government Securities VIP Fund – Class 2	.47	.25	–	.03	–	.75
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund – Class 2	.46	.25	–	.10	.09	.90
Templeton Growth VIP Fund – Class 2	.79	.25	–	.04	–	1.08
GATEWAY
AZL Gateway Fund	.80	.25	–	.05	–	1.10
J.P. MORGAN
JPMorgan Insurance Trust Core Bond Portfolio – Class 2	.40	.25	–	.19	–	.84
METWEST
AZL MetWest Total Return Bond Fund	.60	.25	–	.06	–	.91
MFS
MFS VIT Total Return Bond Portfolio – Service Class	.50	.25	–	.04	–	.79
MORGAN STANLEY
AZL Morgan Stanley Global Real Estate Fund⁽²⁾	.90	.25	–	.12	–	1.27

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix A

Table of Contents

Investment Option	Management fees	Rule 12b-1 fees	Service fees	Other expenses	Acquired fund fees and expenses	Total annual fund operating expenses before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements
PIMCO
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio – Admin. Class	.425	–	.15	–	.99	1.565
PIMCO VIT Balanced Allocation Portfolio – Admin. Class	.71	_	.15	.08	.03	.97
PIMCO VIT CommodityRealReturn Strategy Portfolio – Admin. Class	.74	–	.15	1.03	.15	2.07
PIMCO VIT Dynamic Bond Portfolio – Admin Class	.85	–	.15	.15	–	1.15
PIMCO VIT Emerging Markets Bond Portfolio – Admin. Class	.85	–	.15	.01	–	1.01
PIMCO VIT Global Bond Opportunities Portfolio (Unhedged) – Admin. Class	.75	–	.15	.09	–	.99
PIMCO VIT Global Core Bond (Hedged) Portfolio – Admin. Class	.56	–	.15	.05	–	.76
PIMCO VIT Global Multi-Asset Managed Allocation Portfolio – Admin. Class	.95	–	.15	.06	.21	1.37
PIMCO VIT High Yield Portfolio – Admin. Class	.60	–	.15	.03	–	.78
PIMCO VIT Long-Term U.S. Government Portfolio – Admin. Class	.475	–	.15	.36	–	.985
PIMCO VIT Real Return Portfolio – Admin. Class	.50	–	.15	.77	–	1.42
PIMCO VIT StocksPLUS^® Global Portfolio – Advisor Class	.61	.25	–	.05	–	.91
PIMCO VIT Total Return Portfolio – Admin. Class	.50	–	.15	.26	–	.91
T. ROWE PRICE
AZL T. Rowe Price Capital Appreciation Fund	.75	.25	–	.05	.01	1.06

⁽¹⁾

Other Expenses for the AZL Government Money Market Fund include recoupment of prior waived fees in the amount of 0.24%. The Manager has voluntarily undertaken to waive, reimburse, or pay the Fund’s expenses to the extent necessary in order to maintain a minimum daily net investment income for the Fund of 0.00%. The recoupment of prior waived fees reflects the recoupment of amounts previously waived, reimbursed, or paid by the Manager under this arrangement. Such recoupments are subject to the following limitations: (1) the repayments will not cause the Fund’s net investment income to fall below 0.00%; (2) the repayments must be made no later than three years after the end of the fiscal year in which the waiver, reimbursement, or payment took place; and (3) any expense recovery paid by the Fund will not cause its expense ratio to exceed 0.87%. See the Investment Option prospectus for further information.

⁽²⁾

Other Expenses for the AZL Morgan Stanley Global Real Estate Fund include recoupment of prior waived fees in the amount of .01%. See the Investment Option prospectus for further information.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix A

Table of Contents

This table describes, in detail, the annual expenses for each of the Allianz Fund of Funds. We show the expenses as a percentage of an Investment Option’s average daily net assets. The underlying funds may pay 12b-1 fees to the distributor of the Contracts for distribution and/or administrative services. The underlying funds do not pay service fees or 12b-1 fees to the Allianz Fund of Funds and the Allianz Fund of Funds do not pay service fees or 12b-1 fees. The underlying funds of the Allianz Fund of Funds may pay service fees to the insurance companies issuing variable contracts, or their affiliates, for providing customer service and other administrative services to contract purchasers. The amount of such service fees may vary depending on the underlying fund.

Investment Option	Management fees	Rule 12b-1 fees	Other expenses	Total	Acquired fund fees and expenses	Total annual fund operating expenses before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements
ALLIANZ FUND OF FUNDS
AZL Balanced Index Strategy Fund	.05	–	.03	.08	.60	.68
AZL DFA Multi-Strategy Fund	.05	–	.02	.07	.89	.96
AZL Moderate Index Strategy Fund	.40	–	.02	.42	.59	1.01
AZL MVP Balanced Index Strategy Fund	.10	–	.03	.13	.57	.70
AZL MVP BlackRock Global Strategy Plus Fund	.10	–	.59	.69	.31	1.00
AZL MVP DFA Multi-Strategy Fund	.20	–	.09	.29	.84	1.13
AZL MVP Fidelity Institutional Asset Management^® Multi-Strategy Fund	.10	–	.04	.14	.67	.81
AZL MVP Fusion Dynamic Balanced Fund	.20	–	.02	.22	.72	.94
AZL MVP Fusion Dynamic Conservative Fund	.20	–	.04	.24	.72	.96
AZL MVP Fusion Dynamic Moderate Fund	.20	–	.02	.22	.73	.95
AZL MVP Growth Index Strategy Fund	.10	–	.02	.12	.55	.67
AZL MVP Moderate Index Strategy Fund	.10	–	.03	.13	.57	.70
AZL MVP T. Rowe Price Capital Appreciation Plus Fund	.10	--	.02	.12	.75	.87

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix A

Table of Contents

Appendix B – Condensed Financial Information

The statutory financial statements of Allianz Life Insurance Company of North America and the financial statements of Allianz Life Variable Account B are included in Part C of the Registration Statement.

Accumulation unit value (AUV) information corresponding to the lowest and highest combination of M&E charges for the Contract offered by this prospectus, as of the end of December 31, 2018 is listed in the tables below. A separate rider charge may also apply to your Contract if you have Income Protector, Investment Protector, or Income Focus, which is not reflected in the table below. See the Fee Tables for further information regarding the rider charge.

This information should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes of the Separate Account included in Part C of the Registration Statement.

Lowest and Highest Combination of Benefit Options		M&E Charge
Base Contract without optional benefits		1.15%
Base Contract with Quarterly Value Death Benefit		1.45%

(Number of Accumulation Units in thousands)

M&E Charge 1.15%				M&E Charge 1.45%
Period or Year Ended	AUV at Beginning of Period	AUV at End of Period	Number of Accumulation Units Outstanding at End of Period	Period or Year Ended	AUV at Beginning of Period	AUV at End of Period	Number of Accumulation Units Outstanding at End of Period
AZL Balanced Index Strategy Fund
12/31/2013	12.105	13.514	4.00	12/31/2013	11.989	13.346	1.00
12/31/2014	13.514	14.178	5.00	12/31/2014	13.346	13.960	1.00
12/31/2015	14.178	14.018	13.00	12/31/2015	13.960	13.761	1.00
12/31/2016	14.018	14.795	106.00	12/31/2016	13.761	14.481	1.00
12/31/2017	14.795	16.309	109.00	12/31/2017	14.481	15.917	1.00
12/31/2018	16.309	15.419	108.00	12/31/2018	15.917	15.003	1.00
AZL DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Fund
12/31/2017	N/A	9.934	12.00	12/31/2017	N/A	9.855	0.00
12/31/2018	9.934	9.935	16.00	12/31/2018	9.855	9.826	3.00
AZL DFA Multi-Strategy Fund
12/31/2013	12.507	14.971	46.00	12/31/2013	12.388	14.784	11.00
12/31/2014	14.971	15.767	71.00	12/31/2014	14.784	15.524	121.00
12/31/2015	15.767	15.483	84.00	12/31/2015	15.524	15.200	113.00
12/31/2016	15.483	16.734	75.00	12/31/2016	15.200	16.380	98.00
12/31/2017	16.734	18.644	74.00	12/31/2017	16.380	18.195	83.00
12/31/2018	18.644	17.342	56.00	12/31/2018	18.195	16.874	70.00
AZL Enhanced Bond Index Fund
12/31/2014	N/A	11.445	25.00	12/31/2014	N/A	11.259	18.00
12/31/2015	11.445	11.342	147.00	12/31/2015	11.259	11.124	35.00
12/31/2016	11.342	11.468	373.00	12/31/2016	11.124	11.215	44.00
12/31/2017	11.468	11.679	195.00	12/31/2017	11.215	11.388	54.00
12/31/2018	11.679	11.479	242.00	12/31/2018	11.388	11.159	42.00
AZL Fidelity Institutional Asset Management Multi-Strategy Fund
12/31/2013	12.243	14.297	64.00	12/31/2013	12.126	14.119	12.00
12/31/2014	14.297	14.437	107.00	12/31/2014	14.119	14.214	45.00
12/31/2015	14.437	13.493	141.00	12/31/2015	14.214	13.246	59.00
12/31/2016	13.493	14.209	134.00	12/31/2016	13.246	13.908	46.00
12/31/2017	14.209	15.609	119.00	12/31/2017	13.908	15.233	26.00
12/31/2018	15.609	15.119	87.00	12/31/2018	15.233	14.711	19.00
AZL Fidelity Institutional Asset Management Total Bond Fund
12/31/2013	10.023	9.691	17.00	12/31/2013	10.014	9.654	8.00
12/31/2014	9.691	10.096	42.00	12/31/2014	9.654	10.027	11.00
12/31/2015	10.096	9.892	88.00	12/31/2015	10.027	9.795	12.00
12/31/2016	9.892	10.318	124.00	12/31/2016	9.795	10.187	24.00
12/31/2017	10.318	10.637	116.00	12/31/2017	10.187	10.471	25.00
12/31/2018	10.637	10.384	132.00	12/31/2018	10.471	10.191	22.00

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix B

Table of Contents

M&E Charge 1.15%				M&E Charge 1.45%
Period or Year Ended	AUV at Beginning of Period	AUV at End of Period	Number of Accumulation Units Outstanding at End of Period	Period or Year Ended	AUV at Beginning of Period	AUV at End of Period	Number of Accumulation Units Outstanding at End of Period
AZL Gateway Fund
12/31/2013	10.615	11.380	7.00	12/31/2013	10.530	11.255	1.00
12/31/2014	11.380	11.598	9.00	12/31/2014	11.255	11.437	1.00
12/31/2015	11.598	11.693	21.00	12/31/2015	11.437	11.497	4.00
12/31/2016	11.693	12.119	10.00	12/31/2016	11.497	11.881	3.00
12/31/2017	12.119	13.115	7.00	12/31/2017	11.881	12.819	3.00
12/31/2018	13.115	12.362	9.00	12/31/2018	12.819	12.047	3.00
AZL Government Money Market Fund
12/31/2013	11.000	10.875	650.00	12/31/2013	10.581	10.430	172.00
12/31/2014	10.875	10.752	615.00	12/31/2014	10.430	10.282	227.00
12/31/2015	10.752	10.630	784.00	12/31/2015	10.282	10.136	158.00
12/31/2016	10.630	10.510	570.00	12/31/2016	10.136	9.991	74.00
12/31/2017	10.510	10.396	510.00	12/31/2017	9.991	9.854	107.00
12/31/2018	10.396	10.382	515.00	12/31/2018	9.854	9.811	115.00
AZL International Index Fund
12/31/2013	10.404	12.482	69.00	12/31/2013	10.305	12.327	37.00
12/31/2014	12.482	11.577	136.00	12/31/2014	12.327	11.399	62.00
12/31/2015	11.577	11.287	229.00	12/31/2015	11.399	11.080	61.00
12/31/2016	11.287	11.200	406.00	12/31/2016	11.080	10.962	83.00
12/31/2017	11.200	13.815	368.00	12/31/2017	10.962	13.482	69.00
12/31/2018	13.815	11.739	377.00	12/31/2018	13.482	11.422	56.00
AZL MetWest Total Return Bond Fund
12/31/2015	N/A	9.922	110.00	12/31/2015	N/A	9.889	10.00
12/31/2016	9.922	10.035	199.00	12/31/2016	9.889	9.972	57.00
12/31/2017	10.035	10.232	214.00	12/31/2017	9.972	10.138	58.00
12/31/2018	10.232	10.093	248.00	12/31/2018	10.138	9.971	27.00
AZL Mid Cap Index Fund
12/31/2013	11.959	15.691	107.00	12/31/2013	11.864	15.520	33.00
12/31/2014	15.691	16.942	180.00	12/31/2014	15.520	16.707	60.00
12/31/2015	16.942	16.301	230.00	12/31/2015	16.707	16.028	56.00
12/31/2016	16.301	19.263	376.00	12/31/2016	16.028	18.884	65.00
12/31/2017	19.263	22.063	322.00	12/31/2017	18.884	21.565	57.00
12/31/2018	22.063	19.336	301.00	12/31/2018	21.565	18.843	45.00
AZL Moderate Index Strategy Fund
12/31/2013	13.978	17.227	34.00	12/31/2013	13.619	16.735	8.00
12/31/2014	17.227	18.479	55.00	12/31/2014	16.735	17.898	10.00
12/31/2015	18.479	17.818	54.00	12/31/2015	17.898	17.207	13.00
12/31/2016	17.818	19.185	52.00	12/31/2016	17.207	18.472	12.00
12/31/2017	19.185	21.490	46.00	12/31/2017	18.472	20.630	12.00
12/31/2018	21.490	20.145	42.00	12/31/2018	20.630	19.282	10.00
AZL Morgan Stanley Global Real Estate Fund
12/31/2013	11.043	11.247	0.00	12/31/2013	10.824	10.991	0.00
12/31/2014	11.247	12.650	0.00	12/31/2014	10.991	12.326	0.00
12/31/2015	12.650	12.339	0.00	12/31/2015	12.326	11.987	0.00
12/31/2016	12.339	12.581	0.00	12/31/2016	11.987	12.186	0.00
12/31/2017	12.581	13.648	0.00	12/31/2017	12.186	13.181	0.00
12/31/2018	13.648	12.403	0.00	12/31/2018	13.181	11.943	0.00
AZL MSCI Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund
12/31/2013	11.866	11.485	0.00	12/31/2013	11.631	11.224	0.00
12/31/2014	11.485	10.762	0.00	12/31/2014	11.224	10.486	0.00
12/31/2015	10.762	9.269	0.00	12/31/2015	10.486	9.004	0.00
12/31/2016	9.269	10.070	1.00	12/31/2016	9.004	9.754	0.00
12/31/2017	10.070	13.602	1.00	12/31/2017	9.754	13.136	0.00
12/31/2018	13.602	11.367	1.00	12/31/2018	13.136	10.945	0.00

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix B

Table of Contents

M&E Charge 1.15%				M&E Charge 1.45%
Period or Year Ended	AUV at Beginning of Period	AUV at End of Period	Number of Accumulation Units Outstanding at End of Period	Period or Year Ended	AUV at Beginning of Period	AUV at End of Period	Number of Accumulation Units Outstanding at End of Period
AZL MSCI Global Equity Index Fund
12/31/2014	N/A	16.005	0.00	12/31/2014	N/A	15.736	1.00
12/31/2015	16.005	13.834	1.00	12/31/2015	15.736	13.561	1.00
12/31/2016	13.834	13.550	1.00	12/31/2016	13.561	13.243	1.00
12/31/2017	13.550	16.368	9.00	12/31/2017	13.243	15.950	4.00
12/31/2018	16.368	14.734	12.00	12/31/2018	15.950	14.315	6.00
AZL MVP Balanced Index Strategy Fund
12/31/2013	10.729	11.939	130.00	12/31/2013	10.697	11.869	28.00
12/31/2014	11.939	12.522	451.00	12/31/2014	11.869	12.412	291.00
12/31/2015	12.522	12.352	767.00	12/31/2015	12.412	12.207	333.00
12/31/2016	12.352	13.019	858.00	12/31/2016	12.207	12.828	358.00
12/31/2017	13.019	14.338	923.00	12/31/2017	12.828	14.087	320.00
12/31/2018	14.338	13.545	887.00	12/31/2018	14.087	13.267	296.00
AZL MVP BlackRock Global Strategy Plus Fund
12/31/2013	10.552	11.901	1169.00	12/31/2013	10.521	11.831	298.00
12/31/2014	11.901	12.002	2203.00	12/31/2014	11.831	11.897	528.00
12/31/2015	12.002	11.689	3007.00	12/31/2015	11.897	11.552	629.00
12/31/2016	11.689	11.952	3205.00	12/31/2016	11.552	11.777	623.00
12/31/2017	11.952	13.169	3124.00	12/31/2017	11.777	12.938	615.00
12/31/2018	13.169	12.267	3123.00	12/31/2018	12.938	12.016	550.00
AZL MVP DFA Multi-Strategy Fund
12/31/2015	N/A	9.426	213.00	12/31/2015	N/A	9.406	25.00
12/31/2016	9.426	10.162	259.00	12/31/2016	9.406	10.111	36.00
12/31/2017	10.162	11.308	313.00	12/31/2017	10.111	11.218	36.00
12/31/2018	11.308	10.483	370.00	12/31/2018	11.218	10.369	52.00
AZL MVP Fidelity Institutional Asset Management Multi-Strategy Fund
12/31/2013	10.604	12.349	491.00	12/31/2013	10.583	12.287	130.00
12/31/2014	12.349	12.493	1126.00	12/31/2014	12.287	12.394	315.00
12/31/2015	12.493	11.584	1449.00	12/31/2015	12.394	11.458	333.00
12/31/2016	11.584	11.546	1469.00	12/31/2016	11.458	11.387	340.00
12/31/2017	11.546	12.662	1368.00	12/31/2017	11.387	12.451	312.00
12/31/2018	12.662	12.250	1274.00	12/31/2018	12.451	12.010	281.00
AZL MVP Fusion Dynamic Balanced Fund
12/31/2013	12.986	14.309	181.00	12/31/2013	12.690	13.942	159.00
12/31/2014	14.309	14.795	326.00	12/31/2014	13.942	14.373	226.00
12/31/2015	14.795	14.370	442.00	12/31/2015	14.373	13.919	257.00
12/31/2016	14.370	15.049	490.00	12/31/2016	13.919	14.533	249.00
12/31/2017	15.049	16.698	487.00	12/31/2017	14.533	16.078	234.00
12/31/2018	16.698	15.615	467.00	12/31/2018	16.078	14.991	220.00
AZL MVP Fusion Dynamic Conservative Fund
12/31/2013	12.195	13.016	33.00	12/31/2013	12.079	12.854	54.00
12/31/2014	13.016	13.487	64.00	12/31/2014	12.854	13.280	81.00
12/31/2015	13.487	13.230	111.00	12/31/2015	13.280	12.988	101.00
12/31/2016	13.230	13.776	168.00	12/31/2016	12.988	13.484	107.00
12/31/2017	13.776	14.887	157.00	12/31/2017	13.484	14.529	100.00
12/31/2018	14.887	14.166	150.00	12/31/2018	14.529	13.783	87.00
AZL MVP Fusion Dynamic Moderate Fund
12/31/2013	12.527	14.263	991.00	12/31/2013	12.242	13.897	370.00
12/31/2014	14.263	14.699	1611.00	12/31/2014	13.897	14.279	642.00
12/31/2015	14.699	14.224	2082.00	12/31/2015	14.279	13.777	761.00
12/31/2016	14.224	14.727	2089.00	12/31/2016	13.777	14.222	752.00
12/31/2017	14.727	16.595	1910.00	12/31/2017	14.222	15.979	696.00
12/31/2018	16.595	15.346	1794.00	12/31/2018	15.979	14.732	661.00

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix B

Table of Contents

M&E Charge 1.15%				M&E Charge 1.45%
Period or Year Ended	AUV at Beginning of Period	AUV at End of Period	Number of Accumulation Units Outstanding at End of Period	Period or Year Ended	AUV at Beginning of Period	AUV at End of Period	Number of Accumulation Units Outstanding at End of Period
AZL MVP Growth Index Strategy Fund
12/31/2013	10.974	13.111	2140.00	12/31/2013	10.942	13.034	397.00
12/31/2014	13.111	13.801	4509.00	12/31/2014	13.034	13.680	1030.00
12/31/2015	13.801	13.535	6411.00	12/31/2015	13.680	13.376	1297.00
12/31/2016	13.535	14.291	7095.00	12/31/2016	13.376	14.081	1416.00
12/31/2017	14.291	16.384	7213.00	12/31/2017	14.081	16.096	1445.00
12/31/2018	16.384	15.152	7443.00	12/31/2018	16.096	14.842	1470.00
AZL MVP Moderate Index Strategy Fund
12/31/2013	10.767	13.187	921.00	12/31/2013	10.736	13.110	160.00
12/31/2014	13.187	14.135	1668.00	12/31/2014	13.110	14.010	358.00
12/31/2015	14.135	13.525	2362.00	12/31/2015	14.010	13.366	413.00
12/31/2016	13.525	14.098	2521.00	12/31/2016	13.366	13.891	443.00
12/31/2017	14.098	15.780	2412.00	12/31/2017	13.891	15.503	444.00
12/31/2018	15.780	14.779	2330.00	12/31/2018	15.503	14.477	430.00
AZL MVP T. Rowe Price Capital Appreciation Plus Fund
12/31/2014	N/A	10.996	1599.00	12/31/2014	N/A	10.964	338.00
12/31/2015	10.996	11.322	4891.00	12/31/2015	10.964	11.256	632.00
12/31/2016	11.322	12.047	5741.00	12/31/2016	11.256	11.941	824.00
12/31/2017	12.047	13.603	5841.00	12/31/2017	11.941	13.444	748.00
12/31/2018	13.603	13.222	5786.00	12/31/2018	13.444	13.029	735.00
AZL Russell 1000 Growth Index Fund
12/31/2014	N/A	17.986	9.00	12/31/2014	N/A	17.736	3.00
12/31/2015	17.986	18.646	28.00	12/31/2015	17.736	18.332	9.00
12/31/2016	18.646	19.619	214.00	12/31/2016	18.332	19.232	45.00
12/31/2017	19.619	25.000	186.00	12/31/2017	19.232	24.435	36.00
12/31/2018	25.000	24.185	158.00	12/31/2018	24.435	23.568	28.00
AZL Russell 1000 Value Index Fund
12/31/2014	N/A	17.126	6.00	12/31/2014	N/A	16.888	4.00
12/31/2015	17.126	16.182	36.00	12/31/2015	16.888	15.910	17.00
12/31/2016	16.182	18.583	222.00	12/31/2016	15.910	18.216	37.00
12/31/2017	18.583	20.764	191.00	12/31/2017	18.216	20.295	33.00
12/31/2018	20.764	18.737	215.00	12/31/2018	20.295	18.258	31.00
AZL S&P 500 Index Fund
12/31/2013	9.814	12.774	160.00	12/31/2013	9.648	12.521	78.00
12/31/2014	12.774	14.285	300.00	12/31/2014	12.521	13.961	150.00
12/31/2015	14.285	14.257	489.00	12/31/2015	13.961	13.892	139.00
12/31/2016	14.257	15.708	730.00	12/31/2016	13.892	15.261	136.00
12/31/2017	15.708	18.847	639.00	12/31/2017	15.261	18.257	116.00
12/31/2018	18.847	17.730	615.00	12/31/2018	18.257	17.124	85.00
AZL Small Cap Stock Index Fund
12/31/2013	11.086	15.412	8.00	12/31/2013	10.899	15.107	0.00
12/31/2014	15.412	16.034	15.00	12/31/2014	15.107	15.671	0.00
12/31/2015	16.034	15.457	19.00	12/31/2015	15.671	15.061	0.00
12/31/2016	15.457	19.210	64.00	12/31/2016	15.061	18.663	0.00
12/31/2017	19.210	21.413	70.00	12/31/2017	18.663	20.742	0.00
12/31/2018	21.413	19.277	90.00	12/31/2018	20.742	18.618	0.00
AZL T. Rowe Price Capital Appreciation Fund
12/31/2013	12.290	15.788	39.00	12/31/2013	11.885	15.223	22.00
12/31/2014	15.788	17.446	111.00	12/31/2014	15.223	16.772	24.00
12/31/2015	17.446	18.122	213.00	12/31/2015	16.772	17.369	41.00
12/31/2016	18.122	19.320	219.00	12/31/2016	17.369	18.464	33.00
12/31/2017	19.320	21.974	212.00	12/31/2017	18.464	20.938	30.00
12/31/2018	21.974	21.805	208.00	12/31/2018	20.938	20.715	26.00

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix B

Table of Contents

M&E Charge 1.15%				M&E Charge 1.45%
Period or Year Ended	AUV at Beginning of Period	AUV at End of Period	Number of Accumulation Units Outstanding at End of Period	Period or Year Ended	AUV at Beginning of Period	AUV at End of Period	Number of Accumulation Units Outstanding at End of Period
BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund
12/31/2013	10.654	12.052	209.00	12/31/2013	10.506	11.849	73.00
12/31/2014	12.052	12.145	367.00	12/31/2014	11.849	11.905	80.00
12/31/2015	12.145	11.886	406.00	12/31/2015	11.905	11.617	77.00
12/31/2016	11.886	12.198	395.00	12/31/2016	11.617	11.887	71.00
12/31/2017	12.198	13.713	323.00	12/31/2017	11.887	13.324	60.00
12/31/2018	13.713	12.529	258.00	12/31/2018	13.324	12.137	46.00
Davis VA Financial Portfolio
12/31/2013	14.028	18.204	0.00	12/31/2013	13.494	17.460	0.00
12/31/2014	18.204	20.309	0.00	12/31/2014	17.460	19.422	0.00
12/31/2015	20.309	20.481	0.00	12/31/2015	19.422	19.528	0.00
12/31/2016	20.481	23.134	0.00	12/31/2016	19.528	21.992	0.00
12/31/2017	23.134	27.770	0.00	12/31/2017	21.992	26.322	0.00
12/31/2018	27.770	24.523	0.00	12/31/2018	26.322	23.175	0.00
Fidelity VIP FundsManager 50% Portfolio
12/31/2013	11.904	13.494	0.00	12/31/2013	11.666	13.185	1.00
12/31/2014	13.494	14.001	1.00	12/31/2014	13.185	13.640	2.00
12/31/2015	14.001	13.839	1.00	12/31/2015	13.640	13.443	2.00
12/31/2016	13.839	14.240	1.00	12/31/2016	13.443	13.791	2.00
12/31/2017	14.240	16.084	1.00	12/31/2017	13.791	15.531	2.00
12/31/2018	16.084	15.045	1.00	12/31/2018	15.531	14.485	1.00
Fidelity VIP FundsManager 60% Portfolio
12/31/2013	10.795	12.635	0.00	12/31/2013	10.622	12.396	0.00
12/31/2014	12.635	13.148	92.00	12/31/2014	12.396	12.862	0.00
12/31/2015	13.148	13.034	99.00	12/31/2015	12.862	12.712	0.00
12/31/2016	13.034	13.484	93.00	12/31/2016	12.712	13.113	0.00
12/31/2017	13.484	15.566	74.00	12/31/2017	13.113	15.093	0.00
12/31/2018	15.566	14.386	73.00	12/31/2018	15.093	13.907	0.00
Franklin Allocation VIP Fund
12/31/2013	9.140	11.184	11.00	12/31/2013	8.990	10.968	0.00
12/31/2014	11.184	11.371	11.00	12/31/2014	10.968	11.119	0.00
12/31/2015	11.371	10.544	11.00	12/31/2015	11.119	10.279	0.00
12/31/2016	10.544	11.798	11.00	12/31/2016	10.279	11.468	0.00
12/31/2017	11.798	13.061	0.00	12/31/2017	11.468	12.659	0.00
12/31/2018	13.061	11.666	0.00	12/31/2018	12.659	11.273	0.00
Franklin Income VIP Fund
12/31/2013	58.093	65.439	167.00	12/31/2013	54.092	60.752	25.00
12/31/2014	65.439	67.681	415.00	12/31/2014	60.752	62.648	69.00
12/31/2015	67.681	62.191	596.00	12/31/2015	62.648	57.396	79.00
12/31/2016	62.191	70.106	615.00	12/31/2016	57.396	64.510	88.00
12/31/2017	70.106	76.016	609.00	12/31/2017	64.510	69.741	88.00
12/31/2018	76.016	71.913	559.00	12/31/2018	69.741	65.780	70.00
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund
12/31/2013	23.361	29.622	65.00	12/31/2013	22.255	28.137	15.00
12/31/2014	29.622	31.371	107.00	12/31/2014	28.137	29.710	40.00
12/31/2015	31.371	29.483	117.00	12/31/2015	29.710	27.840	47.00
12/31/2016	29.483	33.829	104.00	12/31/2016	27.840	31.848	41.00
12/31/2017	33.829	36.237	95.00	12/31/2017	31.848	34.015	38.00
12/31/2018	36.237	32.575	82.00	12/31/2018	34.015	30.487	30.00
Franklin U.S. Government Securities VIP Fund
12/31/2013	31.750	30.686	4.00	12/31/2013	29.563	28.488	5.00
12/31/2014	30.686	31.364	16.00	12/31/2014	28.488	29.031	8.00
12/31/2015	31.364	31.154	50.00	12/31/2015	29.031	28.752	17.00
12/31/2016	31.154	31.005	61.00	12/31/2016	28.752	28.529	19.00
12/31/2017	31.005	31.064	60.00	12/31/2017	28.529	28.499	21.00
12/31/2018	31.064	30.812	43.00	12/31/2018	28.499	28.184	20.00

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix B

Table of Contents

M&E Charge 1.15%				M&E Charge 1.45%
Period or Year Ended	AUV at Beginning of Period	AUV at End of Period	Number of Accumulation Units Outstanding at End of Period	Period or Year Ended	AUV at Beginning of Period	AUV at End of Period	Number of Accumulation Units Outstanding at End of Period
JPMorgan Insurance Trust Core Bond Portfolio
12/31/2014	N/A	13.788	15.00	12/31/2014	N/A	13.446	26.00
12/31/2015	13.788	13.749	61.00	12/31/2015	13.446	13.368	49.00
12/31/2016	13.749	13.842	116.00	12/31/2016	13.368	13.419	56.00
12/31/2017	13.842	14.137	121.00	12/31/2017	13.419	13.665	50.00
12/31/2018	14.137	13.944	127.00	12/31/2018	13.665	13.438	48.00
MFS VIT Total Return Bond Portfolio
12/31/2014	N/A	18.417	3.00	12/31/2014	N/A	17.623	2.00
12/31/2015	18.417	18.102	14.00	12/31/2015	17.623	17.271	8.00
12/31/2016	18.102	18.614	19.00	12/31/2016	17.271	17.706	9.00
12/31/2017	18.614	19.173	27.00	12/31/2017	17.706	18.184	12.00
12/31/2018	19.173	18.702	46.00	12/31/2018	18.184	17.685	11.00
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio
12/31/2013	17.722	17.568	100.00	12/31/2013	17.266	17.066	29.00
12/31/2014	17.568	17.450	187.00	12/31/2014	17.066	16.902	64.00
12/31/2015	17.450	15.702	241.00	12/31/2015	16.902	15.163	85.00
12/31/2016	15.702	17.530	245.00	12/31/2016	15.163	16.879	92.00
12/31/2017	17.530	19.678	266.00	12/31/2017	16.879	18.891	83.00
12/31/2018	19.678	18.402	244.00	12/31/2018	18.891	17.613	73.00
PIMCO VIT Balanced Allocation Portfolio
12/31/2013	10.255	9.518	199.00	12/31/2013	10.234	9.470	17.00
12/31/2014	9.518	9.869	310.00	12/31/2014	9.470	9.791	49.00
12/31/2015	9.869	9.654	421.00	12/31/2015	9.791	9.549	54.00
12/31/2016	9.654	9.825	448.00	12/31/2016	9.549	9.689	67.00
12/31/2017	9.825	11.119	430.00	12/31/2017	9.689	10.934	56.00
12/31/2018	11.119	10.378	405.00	12/31/2018	10.934	10.175	56.00
PIMCO VIT CommodityRealReturn Strategy Portfolio
12/31/2013	11.755	9.913	0.00	12/31/2013	11.487	9.659	0.00
12/31/2014	9.913	7.994	0.00	12/31/2014	9.659	7.766	0.00
12/31/2015	7.994	5.872	0.00	12/31/2015	7.766	5.687	0.00
12/31/2016	5.872	6.685	0.00	12/31/2016	5.687	6.456	0.00
12/31/2017	6.685	6.751	0.00	12/31/2017	6.456	6.501	0.00
12/31/2018	6.751	5.731	0.00	12/31/2018	6.501	5.502	0.00
PIMCO VIT Dynamic Bond Portfolio
12/31/2013	10.458	10.223	324.00	12/31/2013	10.405	10.142	158.00
12/31/2014	10.223	10.415	677.00	12/31/2014	10.142	10.301	269.00
12/31/2015	10.415	10.123	852.00	12/31/2015	10.301	9.983	342.00
12/31/2016	10.123	10.482	916.00	12/31/2016	9.983	10.306	289.00
12/31/2017	10.482	10.882	973.00	12/31/2017	10.306	10.668	303.00
12/31/2018	10.882	10.868	926.00	12/31/2018	10.668	10.623	268.00
PIMCO VIT Emerging Markets Bond Portfolio
12/31/2013	18.314	16.848	0.00	12/31/2013	17.897	16.415	0.00
12/31/2014	16.848	16.907	0.00	12/31/2014	16.415	16.424	0.00
12/31/2015	16.907	16.340	0.00	12/31/2015	16.424	15.827	0.00
12/31/2016	16.340	18.304	0.00	12/31/2016	15.827	17.677	0.00
12/31/2017	18.304	19.883	1.00	12/31/2017	17.677	19.145	0.00
12/31/2018	19.883	18.726	1.00	12/31/2018	19.145	17.977	0.00
PIMCO VIT Global Bond Opportunities Portfolio (Unhedged)
12/31/2013	14.770	13.364	0.00	12/31/2013	14.434	13.021	0.00
12/31/2014	13.364	13.512	0.00	12/31/2014	13.021	13.126	0.00
12/31/2015	13.512	12.820	0.00	12/31/2015	13.126	12.417	0.00
12/31/2016	12.820	13.186	0.00	12/31/2016	12.417	12.734	0.00
12/31/2017	13.186	14.161	1.00	12/31/2017	12.734	13.635	0.00
12/31/2018	14.161	13.412	1.00	12/31/2018	13.635	12.876	0.00

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix B

Table of Contents

M&E Charge 1.15%				M&E Charge 1.45%
Period or Year Ended	AUV at Beginning of Period	AUV at End of Period	Number of Accumulation Units Outstanding at End of Period	Period or Year Ended	AUV at Beginning of Period	AUV at End of Period	Number of Accumulation Units Outstanding at End of Period
PIMCO VIT Global Core Bond (Hedged) Portfolio
12/31/2013	10.319	9.881	63.00	12/31/2013	10.267	9.802	31.00
12/31/2014	9.881	9.623	144.00	12/31/2014	9.802	9.518	54.00
12/31/2015	9.623	9.035	203.00	12/31/2015	9.518	8.910	62.00
12/31/2016	9.035	9.538	207.00	12/31/2016	8.910	9.378	53.00
12/31/2017	9.538	9.834	243.00	12/31/2017	9.378	9.641	60.00
12/31/2018	9.834	9.823	259.00	12/31/2018	9.641	9.602	59.00
PIMCO VIT Global Multi-Asset Managed Allocation Portfolio
12/31/2013	11.527	10.499	22.00	12/31/2013	11.417	10.368	7.00
12/31/2014	10.499	10.867	32.00	12/31/2014	10.368	10.700	7.00
12/31/2015	10.867	10.729	70.00	12/31/2015	10.700	10.532	12.00
12/31/2016	10.729	11.035	77.00	12/31/2016	10.532	10.801	9.00
12/31/2017	11.035	12.446	67.00	12/31/2017	10.801	12.146	7.00
12/31/2018	12.446	11.633	58.00	12/31/2018	12.146	11.319	7.00
PIMCO VIT High Yield Portfolio
12/31/2013	19.278	20.152	233.00	12/31/2013	18.545	19.328	45.00
12/31/2014	20.152	20.588	448.00	12/31/2014	19.328	19.688	114.00
12/31/2015	20.588	20.019	663.00	12/31/2015	19.688	19.088	151.00
12/31/2016	20.019	22.255	713.00	12/31/2016	19.088	21.157	157.00
12/31/2017	22.255	23.457	760.00	12/31/2017	21.157	22.233	162.00
12/31/2018	23.457	22.574	726.00	12/31/2018	22.233	21.333	161.00
PIMCO VIT Long-Term U.S. Government Portfolio
12/31/2017	N/A	29.643	1.00	12/31/2017	N/A	28.028	0.00
12/31/2018	29.643	28.606	0.00	12/31/2018	28.028	26.968	0.00
PIMCO VIT Real Return Portfolio
12/31/2013	17.010	15.267	91.00	12/31/2013	16.523	14.786	29.00
12/31/2014	15.267	15.560	208.00	12/31/2014	14.786	15.025	45.00
12/31/2015	15.560	14.967	261.00	12/31/2015	15.025	14.410	63.00
12/31/2016	14.967	15.565	308.00	12/31/2016	14.410	14.942	64.00
12/31/2017	15.565	15.951	336.00	12/31/2017	14.942	15.267	70.00
12/31/2018	15.951	15.420	318.00	12/31/2018	15.267	14.715	72.00
PIMCO VIT StocksPLUS Global Portfolio
12/31/2013	10.584	12.472	10.00	12/31/2013	10.499	12.335	0.00
12/31/2014	12.472	12.441	29.00	12/31/2014	12.335	12.269	0.00
12/31/2015	12.441	11.192	28.00	12/31/2015	12.269	11.004	0.00
12/31/2016	11.192	11.919	13.00	12/31/2016	11.004	11.685	0.00
12/31/2017	11.919	14.494	12.00	12/31/2017	11.685	14.166	0.00
12/31/2018	14.494	12.789	25.00	12/31/2018	14.166	12.463	2.00
PIMCO VIT Total Return Portfolio
12/31/2013	20.625	19.991	201.00	12/31/2013	19.841	19.173	58.00
12/31/2014	19.991	20.609	390.00	12/31/2014	19.173	19.708	146.00
12/31/2015	20.609	20.466	549.00	12/31/2015	19.708	19.513	189.00
12/31/2016	20.466	20.775	655.00	12/31/2016	19.513	19.749	203.00
12/31/2017	20.775	21.549	704.00	12/31/2017	19.749	20.425	210.00
12/31/2018	21.549	21.189	705.00	12/31/2018	20.425	20.024	220.00
RCM Dynamic Multi-Asset Plus VIT Portfolio
12/31/2015	N/A	9.217	120.00	12/31/2015	N/A	9.198	22.00
12/31/2016	9.217	9.410	173.00	12/31/2016	9.198	9.363	27.00
12/31/2017	9.410	10.689	195.00	12/31/2017	9.363	10.605	26.00
12/31/2018	10.689	9.903	237.00	12/31/2018	10.605	9.796	26.00
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund
12/31/2013	52.644	52.893	95.00	12/31/2013	49.094	49.181	28.00
12/31/2014	52.893	53.251	234.00	12/31/2014	49.181	49.367	61.00
12/31/2015	53.251	50.379	317.00	12/31/2015	49.367	46.566	80.00
12/31/2016	50.379	51.270	341.00	12/31/2016	46.566	47.250	86.00
12/31/2017	51.270	51.664	363.00	12/31/2017	47.250	47.473	91.00
12/31/2018	51.664	52.064	345.00	12/31/2018	47.473	47.697	85.00

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix B

Table of Contents

M&E Charge 1.15%				M&E Charge 1.45%
Period or Year Ended	AUV at Beginning of Period	AUV at End of Period	Number of Accumulation Units Outstanding at End of Period	Period or Year Ended	AUV at Beginning of Period	AUV at End of Period	Number of Accumulation Units Outstanding at End of Period
Templeton Growth VIP Fund
12/31/2013	26.400	34.144	32.00	12/31/2013	24.951	32.175	9.00
12/31/2014	34.144	32.806	110.00	12/31/2014	32.175	30.822	18.00
12/31/2015	32.806	30.329	117.00	12/31/2015	30.822	28.411	16.00
12/31/2016	30.329	32.868	78.00	12/31/2016	28.411	30.699	14.00
12/31/2017	32.868	38.507	66.00	12/31/2017	30.699	35.860	11.00
12/31/2018	38.507	32.414	56.00	12/31/2018	35.860	30.096	10.00

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix B

Table of Contents

Appendix C – Effects of Partial Withdrawals and Lifetime Payments on the Values Available Under the Contract

These calculations show the effects of partial withdrawals and lifetime payments on the Contract’s values. All fractional numbers in these examples have been rounded up to the next whole number.

Partial withdrawals (including any withdrawal charges, but not amounts we withdraw for the transfer fee, contract maintenance charge, or rider charge) reduce the Contract Value on a dollar for dollar basis, and reduce all of the guaranteed values by the percentage of Contract Value withdrawn.

The following example shows the effect on the available guaranteed values assuming a Contract with a $90,000 initial Purchase Payment and a $5,000 free partial withdrawal (before beginning any Lifetime Plus Payments or Income Focus Payments) when the Contract Value and Rider Anniversary Value are $100,000, Benefit Base is $104,040, and (Quarterly Anniversary Value) is $102,000. The Traditional Death Benefit guaranteed value is total Purchase Payments adjusted for withdrawals.

Partial Withdrawal	Contract Value	Total Income Value (Income Focus) and Traditional Death Benefit guaranteed value	Benefit Base (Income Protector)	Rider Anniversary Value (Investment Protector)	(Quarterly Anniversary Value) (Quarterly Value Death Benefit)
Prior to withdrawal	$ 100,000	$ 90,000	$104,040	$100,000	$102,000
$5,000 withdrawal		– [($5,000/ 100,000) x 114,000)	– [($5,000/ 100,000) x 114,000)	– [($5,000/ 100,000) x 114,000)	– [($5,000/ 100,000)
		x 90,000)]	x 104,040)]	x 100,000)]	x 102,000)]
	– $5,000	= – $4,500	= – $5,202	= – $5,000	= – $5,100
After withdrawal	$ 95,000	$ 85,500	$ 98,838	$ 95,000	$ 96,900

Lifetime Plus Payments under Income Protector and Income Focus Payments under Income Focus reduce the Contract Value on a dollar for dollar basis and reduce other benefits guaranteed values by the percentage of Contract Value withdrawn. However, Lifetime Plus Payments do not reduce the Benefit Base and Income Focus Payments do not reduce Income Values.

The following example shows the effect of taking the annual maximum payment on your Contract under Income Protector or Income Focus if you are the sole Covered Person. For Income Protector, assume you begin payments at age 62 when the Contract Value is $97,000, the Benefit Base is $120,000, and the annual maximum Lifetime Plus Payment is $4,800 (4% of the $120,000 Benefit Base). For Income Focus, assume you begin payments when your Income Value Percentage is 6.25% and the annual maximum Income Focus Payment is $5,344 (6.25% of the $85,500 Income Value).

Lifetime Plus
Payment

Contract
Value

Traditional Death
Benefit guaranteed
value

Benefit
Base

Income Focus
Payment

Contract
Value

Traditional Death
Benefit guaranteed
value

Income
Value

Before payment

$ 97,000

$ 85,500

$ 120,000

Before payment

$ 97,000

$ 85,500

$4,800 payment

– [($4,800/ 97,000)

$5,344 payment

– [($5,344/ 97,000)

x 85,500)] =

– $4,800

– $4,231

no change

– $5,344

– $4,710

no change

After payment

$ 92,200

$ 81,269

$ 120,000

After payment

$ 91,656

$ 80,790

$ 85,500

An Excess Withdrawal is a withdrawal you take while you are receiving Lifetime Plus Payments or Income Focus Payments, that when added to any other withdrawals taken during the Benefit Year and your annual actual payment, is greater than your current annual maximum lifetime payment. Partial Excess Withdrawals (including withdrawal charges, but not amounts we withdraw for the transfer fee, contract maintenance charge, or rider charge) immediately reduce the Contract Value on a dollar for dollar basis, and reduce all of the guaranteed values by the percentage of Contract Value withdrawn. Partial Excess Withdrawals also reduce the annual maximum Lifetime Plus Payment or annual maximum Income Focus Payment on the next Benefit Anniversary.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix C

Table of Contents

Continuing from the annual maximum payment example, assume you take a $5,000 partial Excess Withdrawal later in the first Benefit Year when the Contract Value is $92,000.

Excess
Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Traditional Death
Benefit guaranteed
value

Benefit Base

Next anniverary’s
annual maximum
Lifetime Plus
Payment

Income Value

Next anniverary’s
annual
maximum
Income Focus
Payment

Prior to withdrawal

$ 92,000

$ 81,269

$ 120,000

$ 4,800

$ 85,500

$ 5,344

$5,000 withdrawal

– [($5,000/ 92,000)

x 81,269)]

x 120,000)]

x 4,800)]

x 85,500

x 5,344)]

– $5,000

= – $4,417

= – $6,522

= – $261

= – $4,647

= – $290

After withdrawal

$ 87,000

$ 76,852

$ 113,478

$ 4,539

$ 80,853

$ 5,054

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix C

Table of Contents

Appendix D – Original Traditional Death Benefit

The original Traditional Death Benefit was available in certain states until either July 19, 2013, or October 11, 2013, as indicated in Appendix J. The only differences between the original Traditional Death Benefit and the Traditional Death Benefit discussed in section 10, Death Benefit is that the original Traditional Death Benefit is not a first-to-die death benefit based on the Determining Life (Lives). As a result, the original Traditional Death Benefit ends upon the earliest of the following.

•	The Business Day before the Annuity Date.
•	The Business Day that total Purchase Payments adjusted for withdrawals and Contract Value are both zero.
•	The Business Day the Contract ends.

Also, upon the death of the Owner (or Annuitant if the Owner is a non-individual), if a surviving spouse continues the Contract the original Traditional Death Benefit continues.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix D

Table of Contents

Appendix E – Original Quarterly Value Death Benefit

The original Quarterly Value Death Benefit was available in certain states until either July 19, 2013, or October 11, 2013, as indicated in Appendix J. The only difference between the original Quarterly Value Death Benefit and the Quarterly Value Death Benefit discussed in section 11.b, Quarterly Value Death Benefit is that the original Quarterly Value Death Benefit is not a first-to-die death benefit based on the Determining Life (Lives). As a result, the original Quarterly Value Death Benefit ends upon the earliest of the following.

•	The Business Day before the Annuity Date.
•	The Business Day that the Quarterly Anniversary Value and Contract Value are both zero.
•	The Business Day the Contract ends.

Also, upon the death of the Owner (or Annuitant if the Owner is a non-individual), if a surviving spouse continues the Contract the original Quarterly Value Death Benefit continues.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix E

Table of Contents

Appendix F – Income Focus

Income Focus was available from April 29, 2013, through April 24, 2015. Income Focus has a rider charge that we deduct from your Contract Value during the Accumulation Phase while your benefit is in effect and your Contract Value is positive. The rider charge is an annualized rate that is calculated and accrued on a daily basis as a percentage of the Total Income Value. For information on how we calculate and deduct the rider charge, and when we deduct the final rider charge, see section 7, Expenses – Rider Charge.

	Rider Charge (as a percentage of the Total Income Value)
	Maximum	Minimum	Current
Income Focus
Single Income Focus Payments	2.75%	0.50%	1.30%
Joint Income Focus Payments	2.95%	0.50%	1.30%

We designed Income Focus Payments to last for the lifetime of the Covered Person(s). If you do not begin Income Focus Payments before all Covered Persons die or are removed from the Contract, Income Focus ends and you will not receive any payments. Income Focus Payments are available once the younger Covered Person reaches age 60 and before the older Covered Person reaches age 91. You choose your payment frequency and amount subject to an annual maximum. Once established, the annual maximum Income Focus Payment can increase, but it cannot decrease unless you take an Excess Withdrawal.

Removing Income Focus

You can remove Income Focus from your Contract while the Contract Value is positive.

You can remove Income Focus by completing the appropriate form. We remove this benefit from your Contract on the Quarterly Anniversary (or on the next Business Day if the Quarterly Anniversary is not a Business Day) that occurs immediately after we receive your request in Good Order at our Service Center, and the rider termination date is that Quarterly Anniversary.

You must transfer your Contract Value out of Income Focus’ Investment Options and remove these Investment Options from your future Purchase Payment allocation instructions for your removal request to be in Good Order.

On the rider termination date Income Focus Payments (if applicable) stop, we deduct the final rider charge, and the restrictions on additional Purchase Payments and Contract Value allocations and transfers no longer apply.

Income Focus Payment Overview

Your annual maximum Income Focus Payment is equal to the sum of all Income Values multiplied by their associated Income Value Percentages. Each Income Value is equal to one or more of your Purchase Payments received in a Rider Year, adjusted for any partial withdrawals as discussed under “Income Values.” Each Income Value has an associated

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix F

Table of Contents

Income Value Percentage. Each Income Value Percentage is initially based on the Covered Person’s age at the time you selected Income Focus as set out in the following table.

Initial Income Value Percentage Table
Age of the Covered Person on the Rider Effective Date for single Income Focus Payments	Initial Income Value Percentage	Age of the younger Covered Person on the Rider Effective Date for joint Income Focus Payments	Initial Income Value Percentage
45 – 64	3.25%	45 – 64	2.75%
65 – 79	3.75%	65 – 79	3.25%
80+	4.75%	80+	4.25%

Income Value Percentages can increase by 1% annually based on positive Contract Value performance from one Rider Anniversary or Benefit Anniversary to the next as discussed under “Income Value Percentages and Performance Increases.” A Benefit Anniversary is a twelve-month anniversary of the Benefit Date that Income Focus Payments begin. You can receive the 1% Performance Increases both before and after you begin receiving Income Focus Payments. Before payments begin, the first Income Value is eligible for a Performance Increase on the first Rider Anniversary and any subsequent Income Values are eligible for Performance Increases on the second Rider Anniversary after they are established.

The annual maximum Income Focus Payment is the amount you are entitled to receive each year, but you can choose to take an actual payment that is less than your annual maximum Income Focus Payment. If you take less than 100% of your annual maximum Income Focus Payment in a Benefit Year, you are not eligible to receive a Performance Increase in the next Benefit Year. For more information, see “Income Value Percentages and Performance Increases.”

Example

Assume you purchase a Contract with Income Focus at age 60 with a $100,000 initial Purchase Payment, and you are the sole Covered Person. Your first Income Value is this initial Purchase Payment and its associated Income Value Percentage based on the table is 3.75%. At this time your annual maximum Income Focus Payment would be $3,750 (3.75% x $100,000).

On the first Rider Anniversary (which is also the first Contract Anniversary) if your Contract Value after deduction of all fees and expenses is greater than your initial Purchase Payment, we apply a 1% Performance Increase to your first Income Value Percentage, so it is now 4.75%. At this time your annual maximum Income Focus Payment would be $4,750 (4.75% x $100,000).

If you make a series of additional Purchase Payments in the second Rider Year totaling $5,000, we establish a second Income Value equal to these payments, and a second Income Value Percentage which is initially equal to 3.75%. This second Income Value is not eligible for a Performance Increase until the third Rider Anniversary. At this time your annual maximum Income Focus Payment would be $4,937.50 [(4.75% x $100,000) + (3.75% x $5,000)].

Total Income Value

The Total Income Value determines your rider charge and is equal to the sum of all Income Values.

Income Values

Income Values help determine both your rider charge and your annual maximum Income Focus Payment. The greater the total Income Values, the greater the annual maximum Income Focus Payment.

For each period, we establish a new Income Value on the Business Day we first receive a Purchase Payment. We establish Income Values during the first Rider Year as follows.

•	If the Rider Effective Date is the Issue Date, the first Income Value is equal to all Purchase Payments received before the first Quarterly Anniversary. If you make any additional Purchase Payments on or after the first Quarterly Anniversary and before the first Rider Anniversary we add them together and establish a new Income Value.
•	If the Rider Effective Date occurs after the Issue Date, the first Income Value is initially equal to the Contract Value at the end of the prior Business Day. If you make any additional Purchase Payments during the first Rider Year we add them together and establish a new Income Value.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix F

Table of Contents

If you make additional Purchase Payments in subsequent Rider Years, we establish a new Income Value each Rider Year. We establish each Income Value on the Business Day we receive the first Purchase Payment in a Rider Year; we add any additional Purchase Payments we receive during the same Rider Year to the existing Income Value.

Each Business Day before the Benefit Date, if you take a withdrawal, we reduce each Income Value by the percentage of Contract Value withdrawn. Each Business Day on or after the Benefit Date, if you take an Excess Withdrawal we reduce each Income Value by the percentage of Contract Value withdrawn. Withdrawals include any withdrawal charges, but do not include Income Focus Payments or amounts we withdraw for the transfer fee, contract maintenance charge, or rider charge.

Income Value Percentages and Performance Increases

Income Value Percentages help determine your annual maximum Income Focus Payment. The higher the Income Value Percentage, the greater the annual maximum Income Focus Payment.

Each Income Value has an associated Income Value Percentage. We determine your initial Income Value Percentage for each Income Value by using the Initial Income Value Percentage Table as discussed in “Income Focus Payment Overview.”

On each Rider Anniversary before the Benefit Date, and on each Benefit Anniversary after the Benefit Date if you took the entire annual maximum Income Focus Payment during the prior year, you receive a Performance Increase of 1% to each Income Value Percentage associated with an eligible Income Value if the Contract Value increases as discussed next in this section. Before the Benefit Date, each Income Value is eligible for a Performance Increase on the second Rider Anniversary that occurs after we establish it. On the first Rider Anniversary, only the first Income Value is eligible for a Performance Increase. Performance Increases are not available once the older Covered Person reaches age 91.

Performance Increases On or Before the Benefit Date

On each Rider Anniversary you receive a 1% Performance Increase if the Contract Value is greater than the Contract Value on the prior Rider Anniversary (or Rider Effective Date if this is the first Rider Anniversary). If a Rider Anniversary does not occur on a Business Day, we use Contract Values from the next Business Day. For the Rider Effective Date and each Rider Anniversary we exclude from that day’s Contract Value any Daily Transactions. Before we make this comparison, if we received any Purchase Payments during the last Rider Year we subtract these payments from the current Contract Value.

However, if you selected Income Focus at issue and this is the first Rider Anniversary, you receive a Performance Increase if the Contract Value excluding any Daily Transactions and any Purchase Payments received on or after the first Quarterly Anniversary is greater than the total Purchase Payments received before the first Quarterly Anniversary.

Performance Increases After the Benefit Date

On each Benefit Anniversary you receive a Performance Increase if the Contract Value is greater than the Contract Value on the prior Benefit Anniversary (or Benefit Date if this is the first Benefit Anniversary). If either of these dates does not occur on a Business Day, we use Contract Values from the next Business Day. For the Benefit Date and each Benefit Anniversary we exclude from that day’s Contract Value any Daily Transactions.

• Performance Increases are not available once the older Covered Person reaches age 91.

• After the Benefit Date Performance Increases are only available while your Contract Value is positive and if you took your annual maximum Income Focus Payment during the last Benefit Year.

• If we increased the Contract Value to equal the death benefit due to a spousal continuation of the Contract during the last Rider Year or Benefit Year, we also subtract the amount of this increase from the Contract Value on the next Rider Anniversary or Benefit Anniversary when determining Performance Increases.

Requesting Income Focus Payments

You request Income Focus Payments by completing a payment election form. Income Focus Payments begin on the Benefit Date. The Benefit Date can be either the 1st or 15th of a calendar month, or any other day that you request and we agree to. However, we do not allow the Benefit Date to be later than the 28th of a calendar month. At least one Covered Person must be alive on the Benefit Date in order for Income Focus Payments to begin. You cannot submit this form until the younger Covered Person reaches age 60, or once the older Covered Person reaches age 91.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix F

Table of Contents

We will begin making payments to you automatically without your request if your Contract Value reduces to zero for any reason other than a withdrawal or annuitization while this benefit is in effect and before the Benefit Date. In this instance we calculate your annual maximum Income Focus Payment and begin making annual payments to you on the next available Benefit Date.

If the Benefit Date has not occurred six months before the older Covered Person reaches age 91, we send you written notice that the benefit is about to end. If the benefit ends before Income Focus Payments begin, you will have paid for the benefit without receiving any of its advantages. In addition, before Income Focus Payments begin you are paying for a benefit that you are not currently using.

Once Income Focus Payments begin:

•	You cannot make additional Purchase Payments, therefore the total Purchase Payments adjusted for withdrawals under the Traditional Death Benefit (if applicable) no longer increases.
•	Any active automatic investment plan and/or systematic withdrawal program ends.
•	The free withdrawal privilege is not available.
•	You can only remove Income Focus while the Contract Value is positive. If you remove this benefit, the restrictions listed above do not apply on or after the rider termination date.
•	You can only change the Owner if you selected joint Income Focus Payments and an Owner dies and the spouse continues the Contract.
•	The rider charge continues until the benefit ends, or the Business Day the Contract Value reduces to zero.
•	If you have the Quarterly Value Death Benefit, its additional M&E charge continues as indicated in section 7, Expenses – Mortality and Expense Risk (M&E) Charge.
•	If you annuitize the Contract, Income Focus Payments stop and Income Focus ends.
•	The Contract Value continues to fluctuate as a result of Investment Option performance. It decreases on a dollar for dollar basis with each Income Focus Payment, Excess Withdrawal, and any Contract charges we deduct.
•	Income Focus Payments do not reduce your Income Values, but Excess Withdrawals reduce the annual maximum Income Focus Payment and each Income Value by the percentage of Contract Value withdrawn (including any withdrawal charge). If you take an Excess Withdrawal of your total Contract Value, Income Focus Payments stop and Income Focus ends.
•	Each Income Focus Payment and any Excess Withdrawal reduces the total Purchase Payments adjusted for withdrawals under the Traditional Death Benefit (or the Quarterly Anniversary Value under the Quarterly Value Death Benefit, if applicable) by the percentage of Contract Value withdrawn (including any withdrawal charge).
•	Any part of your annual maximum Income Focus Payment that you do not withdraw in a given Benefit Year remains in your Contract for the remainder of that year, but is not added to the annual maximum payment available next year.
•	You may receive a Performance Increase to Income Value Percentages on every Benefit Anniversary before the older Covered Person reaches age 91. Performance Increases increase your annual maximum Income Focus Payment.

Calculating Your Income Focus Payments

The annual maximum Income Focus Payment is the amount you are entitled to receive each Benefit Year. On the Benefit Date and each subsequent Benefit Anniversary, your annual maximum Income Focus Payment is equal to the sum of all Income Values multiplied by their associated Income Value Percentages. On the Benefit Date, if your initial annual maximum Income Focus Payment is less than $100, the benefit ends and you will have paid for the benefit without receiving any of its advantages. For example, assuming a single Income Value and an Income Value Percentage of 6.25%, if you take withdrawals that reduce the Income Value to less than $1,600, this would result in an initial Income Focus Payment of less than $100.

You can receive Income Focus Payments monthly, quarterly, semi-annually, or annually. If the scheduled payment date does not fall on a Business Day, we make the payment on the next Business Day.

You can change your payment frequency once each Benefit Year while your Contract Value is positive. You must provide notice of any requested payment frequency change to our Service Center at least 30 days before the Benefit Anniversary. If

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix F

Table of Contents

the change is available, we implement it on the Benefit Anniversary and it remains in effect until the benefit ends or you request another change. We do not accept payment frequency changes that would cause us to make payments of $0.01 to $99.99.

The annual maximum Income Focus Payment is the amount you are entitled to, but you can choose to take less. The annual actual Income Focus Payment is the total amount you choose to receive each year. Any part of your annual maximum payment that you do not withdraw in a given Benefit Year is not added to the annual maximum payment available next year. Each Income Focus Payment you receive is equal to the annual actual Income Focus Payment divided by the number of payments you chose to receive during the Benefit Year. Each actual Income Focus Payment must either be zero, or $100 or more. For example, you cannot request an annual payment of $50.

Once Income Focus Payments have begun, if your Contract Value reduces to zero for any reason other than an Excess Withdrawal or annuitization, you will continue to receive your maximum Income Focus Payment at the previous selected payment frequency until the earlier of the death of the Owner or last surviving Covered Person.

We deduct each Income Focus Payment, Excess Withdrawal, and any additional payment resulting from a required minimum distribution, proportionately from the Investment Options. We continue to rebalance the Contract Value quarterly among the Investment Options according to your future Purchase Payment allocation instructions while this benefit is in effect. You can also continue to make transfers between the Investment Options while your benefit is in effect, subject to the restrictions set out in section 5, Investment Options – Transfers Between Investment Options, and the “Investment Option Allocation and Transfer Restrictions” discussion later in this section.

Excess Withdrawals

Your annual maximum Income Focus Payment only decreases if you take an Excess Withdrawal. An Excess Withdrawal is a withdrawal you take while you are receiving Income Focus Payments, that when added to any other withdrawals taken during the Benefit Year and your annual actual payment, is greater than your current annual maximum payment. If your actual Income Focus Payment is less than your annual maximum payment, you can withdraw the difference and we consider that withdrawal to be an additional actual Income Focus Payment, and not an Excess Withdrawal. Excess Withdrawals include any applicable withdrawal charge, but do not include amounts we withdraw for the transfer fee, contract maintenance charge, or rider charge.

For example, assume your annual maximum Income Focus Payment is $2,000 and you take an annual actual Income Focus Payment of $1,000. Within a Benefit Year, you can take an additional withdrawal of up to $1,000 and we consider that to be an additional actual Income Focus Payment. If you withdraw $1,200, we consider the first $1,000 to be an additional actual Income Focus Payment and the next $200 to be an Excess Withdrawal.

Excess Withdrawals reduce each Income Value on the Business Day we process the withdrawal, but they do not reduce your annual maximum Income Focus Payment until the next Benefit Anniversary after the withdrawal. If partial Excess

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix F

Table of Contents

Withdrawals reduce your annual maximum Income Focus Payment to less than $100, we send you the total remaining Contract Value (less any rider charge) and your Contract ends.

• For Qualified Contracts, if we calculate a required minimum distribution (RMD) based on this Contract, after making all Income Focus Payments for the calendar year, we determine whether this calendar year’s total RMD has been satisfied by these payments and any Excess Withdrawals. If the RMD amount for this Contract has not been satisfied, we send you this remaining amount as one RMD payment by the end of the calendar year. We consider this payment to be a withdrawal, but it is not an Excess Withdrawal and it is not subject to a withdrawal charge.

• For required annuitization, if on the Annuity Date you are receiving Income Focus Payments, we guarantee to pay you the greater of your maximum Income Focus Payment or Annuity Payments based on the Contract Value under Annuity Option 1 or Annuity Option 3. If you select any other Annuity Option, this guarantee does not apply. For more information, see section 9, The Annuity Phase.

Taxation of Income Focus Payments

We treat Income Focus Payments as withdrawals for tax purposes as discussed in section 12, Taxes – Taxation of Lifetime Payments.

Investment Option Allocation and Transfer Restrictions and Quarterly Rebalancing

Under Income Focus, we restrict your Investment Option selection and require you to allocate your Contract Value to the Investment Options listed below. By selecting this benefit, you agreed to allow us to rebalance your Contract Value quarterly, as described here. We put these restrictions in place to support Income Focus’s guarantees. To the extent these restrictions limit your investment flexibility, they may limit the upside potential to your Investment Option returns, which may limit your Contract Value and Performance Increases.

Income Focus available Investment Options
AZL MVP Balanced Index Strategy Fund AZL MVP BlackRock Global Strategy Plus Fund AZL MVP Fidelity Institutional Asset Management^® Multi-Strategy Fund AZL MVP Fusion Dynamic Balanced Fund AZL MVP Fusion Dynamic Conservative Fund	AZL MVP Fusion Dynamic Moderate Fund AZL MVP Growth Index Strategy Fund AZL MVP Moderate Index Strategy Fund AZL MVP T. Rowe Price Capital Appreciation Plus Fund PIMCO VIT Balanced Allocation Portfolio

While your benefit is in effect and your Contract Value is positive, we rebalance your Contract Value quarterly according to your future Purchase Payment allocation instructions if they comply with the restrictions stated here. The rebalancing occurs on each Quarterly Anniversary, or the next Business Day if the Quarterly Anniversary is not a Business Day. Your Investment Options’ performance may cause your chosen allocations to shift. Quarterly rebalancing helps you maintain your selected allocation mix. There are no fees for the quarterly rebalancing transfers we make, and we do not count them against the free transfers we allow. To change this quarterly rebalancing, you must change your future Purchase Payment allocation instructions. Any requested change to these instructions must comply with the restrictions stated here or we reject your change.

When Income Focus Ends

Income Focus ends on the earliest of the following.

•	The Business Day we process your request to remove this benefit from your Contract (the rider termination date).
•	The Business Day all original Covered Persons no longer have the required relationship (Owner, Annuitant or sole Beneficiary) as stated under “Covered Persons” in section 2.
•	The older Covered Person’s 91st birthday if it occurs before the Benefit Date.
•	The Business Day before the Annuity Date.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix F

Table of Contents

•	The Business Day we process your request for a full withdrawal, other than a full withdrawal caused by an Income Focus Payment.
•	The Benefit Date or a Benefit Anniversary if the annual maximum Income Focus Payment is less than $100.
•	Upon the death of an Owner (or Annuitant if the Owner is a non-individual), the end of the Business Day we first receive a Valid Claim from any one Beneficiary. However, if a federally recognized spouse is a Covered Person and continues this Contract, Income Focus also continues.
•	The date of death of the last surviving Covered Person.
•	The Business Day the Contract ends.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix F

Table of Contents

Appendix G – Investment Protector

Investment Protector was available from April 29, 2013 through October 16, 2016. Investment Protector has a rider charge that we deduct from your Contract Value during the Accumulation Phase while your benefit is in effect and your Contract Value is positive. The rider charge is an annualized rate that is calculated and accrued on a daily basis as a percentage of the Target Value. For information on how we calculate and deduct the rider charge, and when we deduct the final rider charge, see section 7, Expenses – Rider Charge.

Investment Protector Riders (Version Identifier)	Available Dates	Rider Charge (as a percentage of the Target Value)
Investment Protector Riders (Version Identifier)	Available Dates	Maximum	Minimum	Current
(07.13 through 10.16)	7/22/2013 – 10/16/2016	2.50%	0.35%	1.35%
(07.12)	4/29/2013 – 7/19/2013	2.50%	0.35%	1.25%

We reserve the right to increase or decrease the rider charge on each Quarterly Anniversary, subject to the maximum and minimum. However, in any twelve-month period we cannot increase or decrease the rider charge more than 0.35%. If we increase your rider charge, we notify you in writing at least 30 days in advance to allow you the option of accepting the charge increase, or removing your benefit before the charge increases. For information on how we deduct the rider charge from your Contract, please see section 7, Expenses – Rider Charge.

• If Investment Protector ends due to the death of an Owner (or Annuitant if the Owner is a non individual) and we deduct rider charges after the date of death, the rider charges accrued and deducted after the date of death are refunded if a Target Value Date does not occur between the date of death and the date we receive the first Valid Claim. We do not refund rider charges if a Target Value Date occurs between the date of death and the date we receive the first Valid Claim.

Investment Protector provides, during the Accumulation Phase, a level of protection for your principal and a percentage (Guarantee Percentage) of any annual investment gains through the Target Value. The Target Value is a future guarantee to your Contract Value. The Target Value is first available on the initial Target Value Date which you select. The initial Target Value Date cannot occur before the Earliest Anniversary, and it must occur before age 91. Subsequent Target Value Dates will occur on every Future Anniversary. The Target Value is only guaranteed to be available to you on each Target Value Date. Beginning on the next Business Day, your Contract Value fluctuates based on your selected Investment Options’ performance, and this is the value available to you upon withdrawal.

We established your Contract’s Guarantee Percentage, Earliest Anniversary and Future Anniversary on the Rider Effective Date and we cannot change them. The Guarantee Percentage, Earliest Anniversary and Future Anniversary that are used to calculate your Target Value and determine your Target Value Dates are as follows.

Investment Protector (Version Identifier)	Available Dates	Earliest Anniversary used to determine the initial Target Value Date	Future Anniversary used to determine subsequent Target Value Dates	Guarantee Percentage used to calculate the Target Value
(07.13 through 10.16)	7/22/2013 – 10/16/2016	Tenth Rider Anniversary	Fifth Rider Anniversary	80%
(07.12)	4/29/2013 – 7/19/2013	Tenth Rider Anniversary	Fifth Rider Anniversary	100%

Removing Investment Protector

You can remove Investment Protector from your Contract while the Contract Value is positive.

You can remove Investment Protector by completing the appropriate form. We remove this benefit from your Contract on the Quarterly Anniversary (or on the next Business Day if the Quarterly Anniversary is not a Business Day) that occurs immediately after we receive your request in Good Order at our Service Center, and the rider termination date is that Quarterly Anniversary.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix G

Table of Contents

On the rider termination date we deduct the final rider charge, and the restrictions on additional Purchase Payments and Contract Value allocations and transfers no longer apply.

Target Value Dates

Investment Protector guarantees that on each Target Value Date until the benefit ends, your Contract Value cannot be less than the Target Value (described next in this section). You selected the initial Target Value Date when you selected this benefit. The earliest available initial Target Value Date is the Earliest Anniversary, and the latest date is the Rider Anniversary before the older Owner reaches age 91 (or the Annuitant reaches age 91 if the Owner is a non-individual). Subsequent Target Value Dates occur on every Future Anniversary after the initial Target Value Date while this benefit is in effect.

For example, assume you purchased a Contract as the sole Owner on September 1, 2013 and you were age 70. You selected Investment Protector on the first Quarterly Anniversary, December 1, 2013 when you were still age 70, the Earliest Anniversary is the tenth Rider Anniversary and the Future Anniversary is the fifth Rider Anniversary. The earliest available initial Target Value Date is December 1, 2023 and the latest date is December 1, 2033. If you selected the earliest available initial date (December 1, 2023), subsequent Target Value Dates would occur on December 1st in 2028, 2033, 2038, etc.

On each Target Value Date (or on the next Business Day if the Target Value Date is not a Business Day) if your Contract Value excluding any Daily Transactions is less than the Target Value, we increase your Contract Value to equal the Target Value and your Target Value becomes the Contract Value. The Target Value Dates are the only days that we guarantee your Contract Value equals or exceeds the Target Value. After the Target Value Date, the Contract Value will fluctuate until the next Target Value Date. We notify you in writing at least 30 days in advance of each Target Value Date outlining the options available to you. On each Target Value Date you can continue your Contract or withdraw some or all of your Contract Value. You are not required to take a withdrawal at this time. Any withdrawal you do take is subject to any applicable withdrawal charge and additional federal tax.

We allocate any Contract Value increase to your selected Investment Options based on the percentage of Contract Value in each Investment Option after we do quarterly Contract Value rebalancing. The rebalancing occurs on each Quarterly Anniversary, or the next Business Day if the Quarterly Anniversary is not a Business Day. For tax purposes, we treat any Contract Value increase as earnings under the Contract. However, if the Contract Value on each Target Value Date is less than net Purchase Payments (total Purchase Payments less any payments withdrawn) then we treat some or all of the increase as a Purchase Payment when applying the withdrawal charge if you withdraw the total Contract Value.

Initial Target Value Date Resets

You can reset the initial Target Value Date before the older Owner reaches age 81 (or the Annuitant reaches age 81 if the Owner is a non-individual). Resets are only available if the Contract Value excluding any Daily Transactions is at least equal to the Target Value using the values determined on the Rider Anniversary that we process your reset request. The earliest new initial Target Value Date is the Earliest Anniversary after we process your request, and the latest available date is the Rider Anniversary before the older Owner reaches age 91 (or the Annuitant reaches age 91 if the Owner is a non-individual). You request a reset by completing the appropriate form. We process your request as of the immediately preceding Rider Anniversary (or on the next Business Day if the Rider Anniversary is not a Business Day) once we receive your request in Good Order at our Service Center. For the request to be in Good Order, we must receive this form within 30 days after a Rider Anniversary. If we receive your request outside this time period, we reject your request. The reset date is the Rider Anniversary that we process your request.

Initial Target Value Date resets may change the maximum amount you can allocate to your selected Investment Options, but a reset does not automatically change your allocations. To change your allocations on a reset, you must also change

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix G

Table of Contents

your future Purchase Payment allocation instructions. You can change your future Purchase Payment allocation instructions at any time without penalty or fee. The changes to these allocation instructions must comply with the current maximum allowable allocations.

Target Value

The Target Value determines both your rider charge and if you receive a Contract Value increase on each Target Value Date. We only calculate the Target Value while the benefit is in effect.

On each Business Day, the Target Value is equal to the greater of the result of the Rider Anniversary Value multiplied by the Guarantee Percentage or one of the following.

•	If you selected the benefit at issue, total Purchase Payments reduced by the percentage of Contract Value withdrawn, determined at the end of the Business Day we process each withdrawal.
•	If you selected the benefit after issue, the Contract Value on the Rider Effective Date, excluding any Daily Transactions plus all Purchase Payments received on or after the Rider Effective Date, and reduced by the percentage of Contract Value withdrawn determined at the end of the Business Day we process each withdrawal taken on or after the Rider Effective Date.
•	If you reset the initial Target Value Date, the Contract Value on the reset date, excluding any Daily Transactions plus all Purchase Payments received on or after the reset date, and reduced by the percentage of Contract Value withdrawn determined at the end of the Business Day we process each withdrawal taken on or after the reset date.

Withdrawals include any withdrawal charges, but do not include amounts we withdraw for the transfer fee, contract maintenance charge, or rider charge.

If the Rider Effective Date is the Issue Date, the Rider Anniversary Value is initially equal to the Purchase Payment received on the Issue Date. If the Rider Effective Date occurs after the Issue Date, the Rider Anniversary Value is initially equal to the Contract Value on the Rider Effective Date, excluding any Daily Transactions.

At the end of each Business Day, we adjust the Rider Anniversary Value as follows.

•	We increase it by the amount of any additional Purchase Payments.
•	We reduce it by the percentage of any Contract Value withdrawn. Withdrawals include any withdrawal charges, but do not include amounts we withdraw for the transfer fee, contract maintenance charge, or rider charge.

On each Rider Anniversary (or on the next Business Day if the Rider Anniversary is not on a Business Day) the Rider Anniversary Value is equal to the greater of its current value, or the Contract Value excluding any Daily Transactions.

Investment Option Allocation and Transfer Restrictions and Quarterly Rebalancing

Under Investment Protector, we restrict your Investment Option selection as discussed in this section. By selecting this benefit, you agreed to allow us to rebalance your Contract Value quarterly, as described here. We put these restrictions in place to support Investment Protector’s guarantees. The maximum amount of Contract Value allowed in the Equity Investment Option group decreases as the number of years until your initial Target Value Date declines, and if negative Investment Option performance reduces the Contract Value in comparison to the Target Value. To the extent these restrictions limit your investment flexibility, they may limit the upside potential to your Investment Option returns, which may limit your Contract Value and Target Value.

We establish your Contract’s Investment Option allocation and transfer restrictions on the Rider Effective Date and we cannot change them. We may add, remove or substitute Investment Options from the groups discussed in this section. We secure all necessary SEC and other governmental approvals before removing or substituting an Investment Option. We may also move Investment Options from the Equity group to the Fixed Income group, but we cannot move Investment Options the other way. We send you written notice regarding additions, removals or substitutions. When an Investment Option in one of these groups is removed or substituted, we send you written notice 30 days before the removal or substitution date.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix G

Table of Contents

Investment Protector (07.12 through 10.16)

These are the Investment Option groups:

TABLE 1: Investment Option Groups
Equity Group
AZL Balanced Index Strategy Fund AZL DFA Multi-Strategy Fund AZL Fidelity Institutional Asset Management^® Multi-Strategy Fund AZL Gateway Fund AZL International Index Fund AZL Mid Cap Index Fund AZL Moderate Index Strategy Fund AZL MSCI Global Equity Index Fund AZL MVP Balanced Index Strategy Fund AZL MVP Fusion Dynamic Balanced Fund AZL MVP Fusion Dynamic Conservative Fund AZL MVP Fusion Dynamic Moderate Fund AZL MVP Growth Index Strategy Fund	AZL Russell 1000 Growth Index Fund AZL Russell 1000 Value Index Fund AZL S&P 500 Index Fund AZL T. Rowe Price Capital Appreciation Fund BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund* Fidelity VIP FundsManager 50% Portfolio* Fidelity VIP FundsManager 60% Portfolio* Franklin Income VIP Fund* Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund* PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio* PIMCO VIT Global Multi-Asset Managed Allocation Portfolio* PIMCO VIT StocksPLUS^® Global Portfolio Templeton Growth VIP Fund*

Fixed Income Group
AZL DFA Five-Year Global Fixed Income Fund AZL Enhanced Bond Index Fund AZL Fidelity Institutional Asset Management^® Total Bond Fund AZL Government Money Market Fund AZL MetWest Total Return Bond Fund Franklin U.S. Government Securities VIP Fund* JP Morgan Insurance Trust Core Bond Portfolio	MFS VIT Total Return Bond Portfolio PIMCO VIT Global Core Bond (Hedged) Portfolio PIMCO VIT High Yield Portfolio* PIMCO VIT Long-Term U.S. Government Portfolio PIMCO VIT Real Return Portfolio* PIMCO VIT Total Return Portfolio PIMCO VIT Uncontstrained Bond Portfolio* Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund*

*	These Investment Options are closed as discussed in Appendix J.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix G

Table of Contents

On the Rider Effective Date and subsequent Quarterly Anniversaries, Table 2 determines the maximum Contract Value you can allocate to Investment Options in the Equity group based on the number of Rider Years* until the initial Target Value Date and the comparison of Contract Value (CV) to Target Value (TV). We then subtract the Table 2 value from 100% to determine the minimum Contract Value required in the Fixed Income group. For example, on the Rider Effective Date if your initial Target Value Date is the 12th Rider Anniversary, you can allocate up to 70% of your Contract Value to Investment Options in the Equity group and you must have at least 30% in the Fixed Income group.

TABLE 2: Maximum Contract Value Allowed in the Equity Group
Number of Rider Years* to the Initial Target Value Date	CV = 94%+ of TV	CV = 88% to < 94% of TV	CV = 82% to < 88% of TV	CV = 76% to < 82% of TV	CV = 70% to < 76% of TV	CV = 64% to < 70% of TV	CV = 58% to < 64% of TV	CV = 52% to < 58% of TV	CV = 46% to < 52% of TV	CV = 40% to < 46% of TV	CV = 34% to < 40% of TV	CV = 28% to < 34% of TV	CV = 22% to < 28% of TV	CV = 16% to < 22% of TV	CV = 10% to < 16% of TV	CV = 4% to < 10% of TV	CV < 4% of TV
33+	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%
32	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	90%
31	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	90%	85%
30	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	90%	85%	80%
29	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	90%	85%	80%	75%
28	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	90%	85%	80%	75%	70%
27	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	90%	85%	80%	75%	70%	65%
26	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	90%	85%	80%	75%	70%	65%	60%
25	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	90%	85%	80%	75%	70%	65%	60%	55%
24	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	90%	85%	80%	75%	70%	65%	60%	55%	50%
23	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	90%	85%	80%	75%	70%	65%	60%	55%	50%	45%
22	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	90%	85%	80%	75%	70%	65%	60%	55%	50%	45%	40%
21	95%	95%	95%	95%	95%	90%	85%	80%	75%	70%	65%	60%	55%	50%	45%	40%	35%
20	95%	95%	95%	95%	90%	85%	80%	75%	70%	65%	60%	55%	50%	45%	40%	35%	30%
19	95%	95%	95%	90%	85%	80%	75%	70%	65%	60%	55%	50%	45%	40%	35%	30%	25%
18	95%	95%	90%	85%	80%	75%	70%	65%	60%	55%	50%	45%	40%	35%	30%	25%	20%
17	95%	90%	85%	80%	75%	70%	65%	60%	55%	50%	45%	40%	35%	30%	25%	20%	15%
16	90%	85%	80%	75%	70%	65%	60%	55%	50%	45%	40%	35%	30%	25%	20%	15%	10%
15	85%	80%	75%	70%	65%	60%	55%	50%	45%	40%	35%	30%	25%	20%	15%	10%	10%
14	80%	75%	70%	65%	60%	55%	50%	45%	40%	35%	30%	25%	20%	15%	10%	10%	10%
13	75%	70%	65%	60%	55%	50%	45%	40%	35%	30%	25%	20%	15%	10%	10%	10%	10%
12	70%	65%	60%	55%	50%	45%	40%	35%	30%	25%	20%	15%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%
11	65%	60%	55%	50%	45%	40%	35%	30%	25%	20%	15%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%
10	60%	55%	50%	45%	40%	35%	30%	25%	20%	15%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%
9	55%	50%	45%	40%	35%	30%	25%	20%	15%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%
8	50%	45%	40%	35%	30%	25%	20%	15%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%
7	45%	40%	35%	30%	25%	20%	15%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%
6	40%	35%	30%	25%	20%	15%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%
5	35%	30%	25%	20%	15%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%
4	30%	25%	20%	15%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%
3	25%	20%	15%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%
2	20%	15%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%
1	15%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%
Initial Target Value Date and beyond	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%	10%

*	We round the number of years until the initial Target Value Date up to the next whole number. For example, when you are seven Rider Years and four months away from your initial Target Value Date, in this table you are eight Rider Years from the initial Target Value Date.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix G

Table of Contents

You can only make Investment Option transfers if they comply with these restrictions. Transfers do not change your future Purchase Payment allocation instructions or how we rebalance your Contract Value each quarter. To change this quarterly rebalancing, you must change your future allocation instructions. Any requested change to these instructions must comply with the restrictions stated here or we reject your change.

We automatically rebalance your Contract Value quarterly until this benefit ends. The rebalancing occurs on each Quarterly Anniversary, or the next Business Day if the Quarterly Anniversary is not a Business Day. There are no fees for the quarterly rebalancing transfers we make, and we do not count them against the free transfers we allow. This rebalancing applies to your selected Investment Options in both the Equity and Fixed Income groups. If you are participating in the DCA program, quarterly rebalancing transfers do not apply to the Contract Value you apply to the AZL Government Money Market Fund under that program.

If your future allocation instructions allocate 10% or less to the Investment Options in the Equity group, we rebalance according to your future allocation instructions. Otherwise, we determine your required Investment Option allocations on each Quarterly Anniversary (or the next Business Day if the Quarterly Anniversary is not a Business Day) as follows.

1.	We determine the new maximum allowed allocation for the Equity group. It is the lesser of the maximum allowed allocation from the prior Quarterly Anniversary, or as set out in Table 2 (which appears earlier in this section).
2.	If your current future allocation instructions comply with this new maximum allowed allocation for the Equity group, there is no change to your future allocation instructions and we rebalance your Contract Value according to these instructions.
3.	If your current future allocation instructions are greater than the new maximum allowed allocation for the Equity group we decrease the required allocation for the Equity group to this new lower amount. We then subtract this new percentage from 100% to determine the new required minimum allocation for the Fixed Income group. Lastly we rebalance your Investment Options’ Contract Value using the formula: a x (b / c) where:

a	=	The new required group allocation on the current Quarterly Anniversary.
b	=	The required allocation for each Investment Option at the end of the prior Business Day.
c	=	The required group allocation at the end of the prior Business Day.

We round your required allocation to the nearest whole percentage. The current required Investment Option allocations then become your future Purchase Payment allocation instructions. These allocation instructions remain in place until the earlier of the next Quarterly Anniversary, or the Business Day we process any new future Purchase Payment allocation instructions.

When Investment Protector Ends

Investment Protector ends upon the earliest of the following.

•	The Business Day we process your request to remove this benefit from your Contract (the rider termination date).
•	The date of death of any Owner (or Annuitant, if the Contract is owned by a non-individual), unless the surviving spouse elects to continue the Contract. However, if an Owner (or Annuitant, if the Contract is owned by a non-individual) dies and the surviving spouse elects to receive payout of the death benefit, then this benefit ends at the end of the Business Day we receive a Valid Claim.
•	The Business Day before the Annuity Date.
•	The Business Day we process your request for a full withdrawal.
•	The Business Day the Contract ends.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix G

Table of Contents

Appendix H – Previous Versions of Income Protector

The benefit version identifier, for example (03.18), is located in your rider.

Income Protector (Version Identifier)	Current rider charge⁽¹⁾	Annual Increase Percentage used to calculate the Annual Increase	Number of Guarantee Years used to calculate the Annual Increase	Payment Percentages used to calculate annual maximum Lifetime Plus Payments
(03.18 through 04.19v1) available from March 6, 2018 through April 28, 2019	1.40% for single and joint Lifetime Plus Payments	7%, which is 1.75% applied quarterly	30	Covered Person’s age for single Lifetime Plus Payments		Younger Covered Person’s age for joint Lifetime Plus Payments
				60 – 64 65 – 79 80+	4.00% 4.50% 5.50%	60 – 64 65 – 79 80+	3.50% 4.00% 5.00%
(03.17 through 02.18) available from March 7, 2017 through March 5, 2018	1.40% for single and joint Lifetime Plus Payments	6%, which is 1.50% applied quarterly	30	Covered Person’s age for single Lifetime Plus Payments		Younger Covered Person’s age for joint Lifetime Plus Payments
				60 – 64 65 – 79 80+	4.00% 4.50% 5.50%	60 – 64 65 – 79 80+	3.50% 4.00% 5.00%
(01.17, 02.17) available from January 3, 2017 through March 6, 2017	1.40% for single and joint Lifetime Plus Payments	5%, which is 1.25% applied quarterly	30	Covered Person’s age for single Lifetime Plus Payments		Younger Covered Person’s age for joint Lifetime Plus Payments
				60 – 64 65 – 79 80+	4.00% 4.50% 5.50%	60 – 64 65 – 79 80+	3.50% 4.00% 5.00%
(12.16) available from December 6, 2016 through January 2, 2017	1.30% for single and joint Lifetime Plus Payments	4%, which is 1.00% applied quarterly	30	Covered Person’s age for single Lifetime Plus Payments		Younger Covered Person’s age for joint Lifetime Plus Payments
				60 – 64 65 – 79 80+	4.00% 4.50% 5.50%	60 – 64 65 – 79 80+	3.50% 4.00% 5.00%
(09.16 through 11.16) available from September 6, 2016 through December 5, 2016	1.30% for single and joint Lifetime Plus Payments	4%, which is 1.00% applied quarterly	30	Covered Person’s age for single Lifetime Plus Payments		Younger Covered Person’s age for joint Lifetime Plus Payments
				60 – 64 65 – 79 80+	3.75% 4.25% 5.25%	60 – 64 65 – 79 80+	3.25% 3.75% 4.75%
(07.16, 08.16) available from July 5, 2016 through September 5, 2016	1.30% for single and joint Lifetime Plus Payments	4%, which is 1.00% applied quarterly	30	Covered Person’s age for single Lifetime Plus Payments		Younger Covered Person’s age for joint Lifetime Plus Payments
				60 – 64 65 – 79 80+	4.0% 4.5% 5.5%	60 – 64 65 – 79 80+	3.5% 4.0% 5.0%
(05.16, 06.16) available from May 3, 2016 through July 4, 2016	1.30% for single and joint Lifetime Plus Payments	5%, which is 1.25% applied quarterly	30	Covered Person’s age for single Lifetime Plus Payments		Younger Covered Person’s age for joint Lifetime Plus Payments
				60 – 64 65 – 79 80+	4.0% 4.5% 5.5%	60 – 64 65 – 79 80+	3.5% 4.0% 5.0%
(04.15, 04.16) available from April 27, 2015 through May 2, 2016	1.30% for single and joint Lifetime Plus Payments	6%, which is 1.5% applied quarterly	30	Covered Person’s age for single Lifetime Plus Payments		Younger Covered Person’s age for joint Lifetime Plus Payments
				60 – 64 65 – 79 80+	4.0% 4.5% 5.5%	60 – 64 65 – 79 80+	3.5% 4.0% 5.0%
(10.12) available from April 29, 2013 through April 24, 2015	1.10% for single and joint Lifetime Plus Payments	6%, which is 1.5% applied quarterly	30	Covered Person’s age for single Lifetime Plus Payments		Younger Covered Person’s age for joint Lifetime Plus Payments
				60 – 64 65 – 79 80+	4.0% 4.5% 5.5%	60 – 64 65 – 79 80+	3.5% 4.0% 5.0%

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix H

Table of Contents

• The minimum exercise age that Lifetime Plus Payments can begin is the youngest age listed in these Payment Percentages tables.

• On the Rider Effective Date we establish your Contract’s Annual Increase Percentage, Guarantee Years, and Payment Percentages and we cannot change these values while your benefit is in effect.

The available Investment Options are different than what is stated in section 11.a for versions of Income Protector available on or before October 13, 2017, as follows:

Investment Options available with Income Protector (10.12 through 10.17)

AZL MVP Moderate Index Strategy Fund
AZL MVP T. Rowe Price Capital Appreciation Plus Fund
Franklin Income VIP Fund*
Franklin U.S. Government Securities VIP Fund*
JPMorgan Insurance Trust Core Bond Portfolio
MFS VIT Total Return Bond Portfolio
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio*
PIMCO VIT Balanced Allocation Portfolio
PIMCO VIT Global Core Bond (Hedged) Portfolio
PIMCO VIT High Yield Portfolio*
PIMCO VIT Real Return Portfolio*
PIMCO VIT Total Return Portfolio
PIMCO VIT Unconstrained Bond Portfolio*
RCM Dynamic Multi-Asset Plus VIT Portfolio
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund*

*	These Investment Options are closed as discussed in Appendix J.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix H

Table of Contents

Appendix I – Additional Expense Examples

The expense examples contained in the Fee Tables reflect the most expensive combination of benefits that are available to a current purchaser. However, for Contracts issued before April 27, 2015, in example 1 (if you surrender your Contract) and example 3 (if you do not surrender your Contract), the most expensive combination of benefits in Year 1 are for the Base Contract with Quarterly Value Death Benefit and Income Focus with joint payments (8.5% declining withdrawal charge, 1.45% M&E charge and a maximum rider charge of 2.95%). Here are additional example 1 and example 3 figures for these Contracts.

1)	If you surrender your Contract (take a full withdrawal) at the end of each time period.

Total annual Investment Option operating expenses before any fee waivers or expense reimbursements of:	1 Year	3 Years	5 Years	10 Years
2.07% (maximum Investment Option operating expense)	$1,541	$2,802	$3,885	$6,586
0.48% (minimum Investment Option operating expense)	$1,387	$2,360	$3,179	$5,335

3)	If you do not surrender your Contract.

Total annual Investment Option operating expenses before any fee waivers or expense reimbursements of:	1 Year	3 Years	5 Years	10 Years
2.07% (maximum Investment Option operating expense)	$691	$2,052	$3,385	$6,586
0.48% (minimum Investment Option operating expense)	$537	$1,610	$2,679	$5,335

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix I

Table of Contents

Appendix J – Material Contract Variations by State and Issue Date

If you purchase a Contract, it is subject to the law of the state in which it is issued. Some of the features of your Contract may differ from the features of a Contract issued in another state because of state-specific legal requirements. In addition, not all features and benefits are approved in all states. All material state and Issue Date variations in the Contract are disclosed in this Appendix. If you would like more information regarding state or Issue Date specific Contract provisions, you should contact your Financial Professional or contact our Service Center at the toll-free telephone number listed at the back of this prospectus.

Closed Investment Options

The following Investment Options were closed effective October 16, 2017, and are no longer available for selection. Assets in closed Investment Options will remain in those Investment Options until we receive alternate instructions from you, or in the event that we elect to effect a substitution into alternate Investment Options. Closed Investment Options are treated differently in Contracts that include one of the following optional living benefits: Investment Protector, or Income Protector versions available on or before October 13, 2017.

•

If your Contract does not include one of these optional living benefits, we no longer allow assets to move into a closed Investment Option either by Purchase Payment or transfer.

•

If your Contract includes one of these optional living benefits, closed Investment Options remain in your future Purchase Payment allocation instructions, continue to be subject to the automatic quarterly asset rebalancing transfers associated with your living benefit, and remain in an active AIP or DCA program unless you provide us with alternate instructions. However, you cannot request to transfer into these closed Investment Options and if you change your future Purchase Payment allocation instructions, the closed Investment Options will no longer be available to you.

CLOSED INVESTMENT OPTIONS

BLACKROCK
BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund
DAVIS
Davis VA Financial Portfolio
FIDELITY
Fidelity VIP Funds
Manager^® 50% Portfolio
Fidelity VIP Funds
Manager^® 60% Portfolio
FRANKLIN TEMPLETON
Franklin Founding Funds Allocation VIP Fund
Franklin Income VIP Fund
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund

FRANKLIN TEMPLETON (conintued)
Franklin U.S. Government Securities VIP Fund
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund
Templeton Growth VIP Fund
PIMCO
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio
PIMCO VIT Emerging Markets Bond Portfolio
PIMCO VIT Global Bond Portfolio (Unhedged)
PIMCO VIT Global Multi-Asset Managed Allocation Portfolio
PIMCO VIT High Yield Portfolio
PIMCO VIT Real Return Portfolio
PIMCO VIT Unconstrained Bond Portfolio

Material State Contract Variations

ISSUE STATE	FEATURE AND BENEFITS	VARIATION
California	Assignments, Changes of Ownership and Other Transfers of Contract Rights See section 2	We cannot restrict assignments or changes of ownership
		• The Traditional Death Benefit and Quarterly Value Death Benefit are only available on the death of a Determining Life. If you assign the Contract and the Determining Life (Lives) are no longer an Owner (or Annuitant if the Owner is a non-individual) the Traditional Death Benefit or Quarterly Value Death Benefit may not be available and your Beneficiary(s) will only receive the Contract Value.
		• If you have Income Protector or Income Focus and you assign the Contract and the Covered Person(s) who was previously an Owner(s) no longer has that position, your selected benefit and any lifetime payments may end even if the Covered Person is still alive.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix J

Table of Contents

ISSUE STATE	FEATURE AND BENEFITS	VARIATION
California (continued)	Free Look/Right to Examine Peirod See section 3	FOR CONTRACTS ISSUED TO PERSONS AGES 60 OR OLDER: For Owners age 60 or older (or Annuitants age 60 or older for non-individually owned Contracts), we are required to allocate your money to the AZL Government Money Market Fund during the 30 day free look period unless you specify otherwise on the appropriate form.
	Traditional Death Benefit See section 10	Not available before October 11, 2013.
	When Income Protector Ends See section 11.a	An assignment or change of ownership does not change the Covered Person(s). After an assignment or change of ownership, if a Covered Person who was previously an Owner or Annuitant no longer has that position, Income Protector ends on the earlier of the date of death of an individual Owner (or Annuitant if the Owner is a non-individual), or last surviving Covered Person. Upon the death of an individual Owner (or Annuitant if the Owner is a non-individual), if the deceased’s spouse is a sole Beneficiary and continues the Contract, Income Protector ends on the earlier of the date of death of the surviving spouse or last surviving Covered Person. If a surviving spouse instead elects to receive payment of the death benefit, Income Protector ends on the Business Day we receive his or her Valid Claim. This means that Lifetime Plus Payments may end even if a Covered Person is still alive.
	Quarterly Value Death Benefit See section 11.b	Was not available before October 11, 2013.
	Original Traditional Death Benefit See section D	Available from April 29, 2013 through October 11, 2013.
	Original Quarterly Value Death Benefit See section E	Available from April 29, 2013 through October 11, 2013.
	When Income Focus Ends See Appendix F	An assignment or change of ownership does not change the Covered Person(s). After an assignment or change of ownership, if a Covered Person who was previously an Owner or Annuitant no longer has that position, Income Focus ends on the earlier of the date of death of an individual Owner (or Annuitant if the Owner is a non-individual), or last surviving Covered Person. Upon the death of an individual Owner (or Annuitant if the Owner is a non-individual), if the deceased’s spouse is a sole Beneficiary and continues the Contract, Income Focus ends on the earlier of the date of death of the surviving spouse or last surviving Covered Person. If a surviving spouse instead elects to receive payment of the death benefit, Income Focus ends on the Business Day we receive his or her Valid Claim. This means that Income Focus Payments may end even if a Covered Person is still alive.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix J

Table of Contents

ISSUE STATE	FEATURE AND BENEFITS	VARIATION
Connecticut	Assignments, Changes of Ownership and Other Transfers of Contract Rights See section 2	We can only restrict assignments to settlement companies and institutional investors as defined in your Contract.
		• The Traditional Death Benefit and Quarterly Value Death Benefit are only available on the death of a Determining Life. If you assign the Contract and the Determining Life (Lives) are no longer an Owner (or Annuitant if the Owner is a non-individual) the Traditional Death Benefit or Quarterly Value Death Benefit may not be available and your Beneficiary(s) will only receive the Contract Value.
		• If you have Income Protector or Income Focus and you assign the Contract and the Covered Person(s) who was previously an Owner(s) no longer has that position, your selected benefit and any lifetime payments may end even if the Covered Person is still alive.
	Traditional Death Benefit See section 10	Not available before July 19, 2013.
	When Income Protector Ends See section 11.a	An assignment or change of ownership does not change the Covered Person(s). After an assignment or change of ownership, if a Covered Person who was previously an Owner or Annuitant no longer has that position, Income Protector ends on the earlier of the date of death of an individual Owner (or Annuitant if the Owner is a non-individual), or last surviving Covered Person. Upon the death of an individual Owner (or Annuitant if the Owner is a non-individual), if the deceased’s spouse is a sole Beneficiary and continues the Contract, Income Protector ends on the earlier of the date of death of the surviving spouse or last surviving Covered Person. If a surviving spouse instead elects to receive payment of the death benefit, Income Protector ends on the Business Day we receive his or her Valid Claim. This means that Lifetime Plus Payments may end even if a Covered Person is still alive.
	Quarterly Value Death Benefit See section 11.b	Was not available before July 19, 2013.
	Original Traditional Death Benefit See section D	Available from April 29, 2013 through July 19, 2013.
	Original Quarterly Value Death Benefit See section E	Available from April 29, 2013 through July 19, 2013.
	When Income Focus Ends See Appendix F	An assignment or change of ownership does not change the Covered Person(s). After an assignment or change of ownership, if a Covered Person who was previously an Owner or Annuitant no longer has that position, Income Focus ends on the earlier of the date of death of an individual Owner (or Annuitant if the Owner is a non-individual), or last surviving Covered Person. Upon the death of an individual Owner (or Annuitant if the Owner is a non-individual), if the deceased’s spouse is a sole Beneficiary and continues the Contract, Income Focus ends on the earlier of the date of death of the surviving spouse or last surviving Covered Person. If a surviving spouse instead elects to receive payment of the death benefit, Income Focus ends on the Business Day we receive his or her Valid Claim. This means that Income Focus Payments may end even if a Covered Person is still alive.
Delaware	Traditional Death Benefit See section 10	Was not available before July 19, 2013.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix J

Table of Contents

ISSUE STATE	FEATURE AND BENEFITS	VARIATION
Delaware (continued)	Quarterly Value Death Benefit See section 11.b	Was not available before July 19, 2013.
	Original Traditional Death Benefit See section D	Available from April 29, 2013 through July 19, 2013.
	Original Quarterly Value Death Benefit See section E	Available from April 29, 2013 through July 19, 2013.
Florida	Withdrawal Charges See Fee Tables and section 7	The total withdrawal charge on a partial or full withdrawal cannot be greater than 10% of the Contract Value withdrawn.
	Assignments, Changes of Ownership and Other Transfers of Contract Rights See section 2	We cannot restrict assignments or changes of ownership.
		• The Traditional Death Benefit and Quarterly Value Death Benefit are only available on the death of a Determining Life. If you assign the Contract and the Determining Life (Lives) are no longer an Owner (or Annuitant if the Owner is a non-individual) the Traditional Death Benefit or Quarterly Value Death Benefit may not be available and your Beneficiary(s) will only receive the Contract Value.
		• If you have Income Protector or Income Focus and assign the Contract and all Covered Person(s) no longer have the required position stated in this section, your selected benefit and any lifetime payments end.
	Purchase Requirements See section 3	• The maximum total Purchase Payments that we can accept is $1 million. We must decline an additional Purchase Payment if it would cause total Purchase Payments to be more than this amount, or if it would otherwise violate the Purchase Payment restrictions of your Contract (for example, the initial amount for Income Protector).
	Purchase Requirements See section 3	• If you have Investment Protector we do not accept additional Purchase Payments on or after the third Contract Anniversary. This restriction continues to apply even if you later remove Investment Protector from your Contract. Contracts that include Investment Protector are issued as individual limited purchase payment variable deferred annuity contracts.
	When Annuity Payments Begin See section 9	The earliest acceptable Annuity Date is one year after the Issue Date.
	When Income Protector Ends See section 11.a	We cannot restrict assignments or changes of ownership and if you assign or change ownership and the Covered Persons no longer have the required relationship as stated in section 2, Income Protector ends.
	When Income Focus Ends See Appendix F	We cannot restrict assignments or changes of ownership and if you assign or change ownership and the Covered Persons no longer have the required relationship as stated in section 2, Income Focus ends.
Hawaii	Traditional Death Benefit See section 10	Was not available before July 19, 2013.
	Quarterly Value Death Benefit See section 11.b	Was not available before July 19, 2013.
	Original Traditional Death Benefit See section D	Available from April 29, 2013 through July 19, 2013.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix J

Table of Contents

ISSUE STATE	FEATURE AND BENEFITS	VARIATION
Hawaii (continued)	Original Quarterly Value Death Benefit See section E	Available from April 29, 2013 through July 19, 2013.
Kentucky	Traditional Death Benefit See section 10	Was not available before July 19, 2013.
	Quarterly Value Death Benefit See section 11.b	Was not available before July 19, 2013.
	Original Traditional Death Benefit See section D	Available from April 29, 2013 through July 19, 2013.
	Original Quarterly Value Death Benefit See section E	Available from April 29, 2013 through July 19, 2013.
Maryland	Purchase Requirements See section 3	We can only decline a Purchase Payment if it would cause total Purchase Payments to be more than $1 million, or if it would otherwise violate the Purchase Payment restrictions for your Contract (for example, the initial amount for Income Protector).
	Traditional Death Benefit See section 10	Was not available before July 19, 2013.
	Quarterly Value Death Benefit See section 11.b	Was not available before July 19, 2013.
	Original Traditional Death Benefit See section D	Available from April 29, 2013 through July 19, 2013.
	Original Quarterly Value Death Benefit See section E	Available from April 29, 2013 through July 19, 2013.
Massachusetts	Purchase Requirements See section 3	If you have Investment Protector we do not accept additional Purchase Payments on or after the third Contract Anniversary. This restriction continues to apply even if you later remove Investment Protector from your Contract. Contracts that include Investment Protector are issued as individual limited purchase payment variable deferred annuity contracts.
	Waiver of Withdrawal Charge Benefit See section 8	The waiver of withdrawal charge benefit is not available.
Minnesota	Traditional Death Benefit See section 10	Was not available before July 19, 2013.
	Quarterly Value Death Benefit See section 11.b	Was not available before July 19, 2013.
	Original Traditional Death Benefit See section D	Available from April 29, 2013 through July 19, 2013.
	Original Quarterly Value Death Benefit See section E	Available from April 29, 2013 through July 19, 2013.
Mississippi	Withdrawal Charges See Fee Tables and section 7	The withdrawal charge for the time periods referenced in the Fee Tables and section 7 is 8.5%, 7.5%, 6.5%, 5.5%, 5%, 4%, 3% and 0% for the Base Contract.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix J

Table of Contents

ISSUE STATE	FEATURE AND BENEFITS	VARIATION
Mississippi (continued)	Purchase Requirements See section 3	We do not accept additional Purchase Payments on or after the first Contract Anniversary. During the first Contract Year, we allow additional Purchase Payments on or after the first Quarterly Anniversary and before the first Contract Anniversary up to the initial amount described in section 3.
Montana	Traditional Death Benefit See section 10	Was not available before July 19, 2013.
	Quarterly Value Death Benefit See section 11.b	Was not available before July 19, 2013.
	Original Traditional Death Benefit See section D	Available from April 29, 2013 through July 19, 2013.
	Original Quarterly Value Death Benefit See section E	Available from April 29, 2013 through July 19, 2013.
New Hampshire	Waiver of Withdrawal Charge Benefit See section 8	The definition of nursing home is an institution operated in accordance with state law.
New Jersey	Joint Owners See section 2	We allow civil union partners to be Joint Owners.
	Covered Person(s) See section 2	• We do not remove a person as a Covered Person following an assignment, ownership change, or Beneficiary change.
	Covered Person(s) See section 2	• We allow civil union partners to be joint Covered Persons. However, civil union partners are treated differently from persons who are recognized as spouses under the federal tax law and this affects how long lifetime payments continue. Upon the death of one federally recognized spouse, the survivor can continue the Contract and lifetime payments also continue if the survivor is a Covered Person. This type of continuation is not allowed for a surviving civil union partner under the federal tax law. However, if the Contract Value reduces to zero before the one year anniversary of the first civil union partner’s death, lifetime payments can continue as Annuity Payments if the survivor is a Covered Person and the survivor chooses not to take the death benefit. If instead the Contract Value is positive at this time, or if the survivor chooses to take the death benefit, lifetime payments stop.
	Assignments, Changes of Ownership and Other Transfers of Contract Rights See section 2	We cannot restrict assignments or changes of ownership.
		• The Traditional Death Benefit and Quarterly Value Death Benefit are only available on the death of a Determining Life. If you assign the Contract and the Determining Life (Lives) are no longer an Owner (or Annuitant if the Owner is a non-individual) the Traditional Death Benefit or Quarterly Value Death Benefit may not be available and your Beneficiary(s) will only receive the Contract Value.
		• If you have Income Protector or Income Focus we do not change the Covered Person(s) following an assignment or ownership change. If you assign the Contract and the Covered Person(s) who was previously an Owner(s) no longer has that position, your selected benefit and any lifetime payments may end even if the Covered Person is still alive.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix J

Table of Contents

ISSUE STATE	FEATURE AND BENEFITS	VARIATION
New Jersey (continued)	Purchase Requirements See section 3	The maximum total Purchase Payments that we can accept is $1 million. We must decline an additional Purchase Payment if it would cause total Purchase Payments to be more than this amount, or if it would otherwise violate the Purchase Payment restrictions of your Contract (for example, the initial amount for Income Protector).
	When Income Protector Ends See section 11.a	• If a surviving civil union partner is the sole Beneficiary and takes the additional death benefit payment option described in the Contract, Income Protector ends on the Business Day before the Annuity Date.
	When Income Protector Ends See section 11.a	• An assignment or change of ownership does not change the Covered Person(s). After an assignment or change of ownership, if a Covered Person who was previously an Owner or Annuitant no longer has that position, Income Protector ends on the earlier of the date of death of an individual Owner (or Annuitant if the Owner is a non-individual), or last surviving Covered Person. Upon the death of an individual Owner (or Annuitant if the Owner is a non-individual), if the deceased’s spouse is a sole Beneficiary and continues the Contract, Income Protector ends on the earlier of the date of death of the surviving spouse or last surviving Covered Person. If a surviving spouse instead elects to receive payment of the death benefit, Income Protector ends on the Business Day we receive his or her Valid Claim. For Covered Persons who are civil union partners, Income Protector and Lifetime Plus Payments may end even earlier because Contract continuation is not allowed for a surviving civil union partner. This means that Lifetime Plus Payments may end even if a Covered Person is still alive.
	When Income Focus Ends See Appendix F	• If a surviving civil union partner is the sole Beneficiary and takes the additional death benefit payment option described in the Contract, Income Focus ends on the Business Day before the Annuity Date.
	When Income Focus Ends See Appendix F	• An assignment or change of ownership does not change the Covered Person(s). After an assignment or change of ownership, if a Covered Person who was previously an Owner or Annuitant no longer has that position, Income Focus ends on the earlier of the date of death of an individual Owner (or Annuitant if the Owner is a non-individual), or last surviving Covered Person. Upon the death of an individual Owner (or Annuitant if the Owner is a non-individual), if the deceased’s spouse is a sole Beneficiary and continues the Contract, Income Focus ends on the earlier of the date of death of the surviving spouse or last surviving Covered Person. If a surviving spouse instead elects to receive payment of the death benefit, Income Focus ends on the Business Day we receive his or her Valid Claim. For Covered Persons who are civil union partners, Income Focus and Income Focus Payments may end even earlier because Contract continuation is not allowed for a surviving civil union partner. This means that Income Focus Payments may end even if a Covered Person is still alive.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix J

Table of Contents

ISSUE STATE	FEATURE AND BENEFITS	VARIATION
New Jersey (continued)	When Investment Protector Ends See Appendix G	The termination provision regarding death is revised to allow the benefit to continue upon the death of an Owner (or Annuitant if the Contract is owned by a non-individual) if a surviving civil union partner elects to continue the Contract. However, the type of Contract continuation that is available to a surviving civil union partner is different than the type of continuation available to a surviving federally recognized spouse. Federal tax law requires that distribution of the death benefit must begin within one year of the date of the Owner's death (or Annuitant's death if the Contract is owned by a non-individual) and the benefit ends at the end of the Business Day we receive a Valid Claim.
Ohio	Assignments, Changes of Ownership and Other Transfers of Contract Rights See section 2	We cannot restrict assignments or changes of ownership.
		• The Traditional Death Benefit and Quarterly Value Death Benefit are only available on the death of a Determining Life. If you assign the Contract and the Determining Life (Lives) are no longer an Owner (or Annuitant if the Owner is a non-individual) the Traditional Death Benefit or Quarterly Value Death Benefit may not be available and your Beneficiary(s) will only receive the Contract Value.
		• If you have Income Protector or Income Focus and assign the Contract and all Covered Person(s) no longer have the required position stated in this section, your selected benefit and any lifetime payments end.
	When Income Protector Ends See section 11.a	We cannot restrict assignments or changes of ownership and if you assign or change ownership and the Covered Persons no longer have the required relationship as stated in section 2, Income Protector ends.
	When Income Focus Ends See Appendix F	We cannot restrict assignments or changes of ownership and if you assign or change ownership and the Covered Persons no longer have the required relationship as stated in section 2, Income Focus ends.
Oregon	Assignments, Changes of Ownership and Other Transfers of Contract Rights See section 2	We cannot restrict assignments or changes of ownership.
		• The Traditional Death Benefit and Quarterly Value Death Benefit are only available on the death of a Determining Life. If you assign the Contract and the Determining Life (Lives) are no longer an Owner (or Annuitant if the Owner is a non-individual) the Traditional Death Benefit or Quarterly Value Death Benefit may not be available and your Beneficiary(s) will only receive the Contract Value.
		• If you have Income Protector or Income Focus and assign the Contract and all Covered Person(s) no longer have the required position stated in this section, your selected benefit and any lifetime payments end.
	Purchase Requirements See section 3	We can only decline a Purchase Payment if it would cause total Purchase Payments to be more than $1 million, or if it would otherwise violate the Purchase Payment restrictions for your Contract (for example, the initial amount for Income Protector).
	When Income Protector Ends See section 11.a	We cannot restrict assignments or changes of ownership and if you assign or change ownership and the Covered Persons no longer have the required relationship as stated in section 2, Income Protector ends.
	When Income Focus Ends See Appendix F	We cannot restrict assignments or changes of ownership and if you assign or change ownership and the Covered Persons no longer have the required relationship as stated in section 2, Income Focus ends.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix J

100

Table of Contents

ISSUE STATE	FEATURE AND BENEFITS	VARIATION
Pennsylvannia	Waiver of Withdrawal Charge Benefit See section 8	The waiver is not available if on the Issue Date, an Owner was confined to a nursing home or was already diagnosed with a terminal illness. Also, the nursing home confinement requirement is a total of 90 days within a six month period. These 90 days do not need to be consecutive.
	Selecting Income Protector See section 11.a	If you change your mind about having Income Protector, you can return the rider within ten days after receiving it and we treat it as if it had never been issued.
Texas	Access to Your Money See section 8	We can only treat a partial withdrawal that reduces the Contract Value below $2,000 as a full withdrawal if you have not made an additional Purchase Payment in the past two calendar years.
Virginia	Traditional Death Benefit See section 10	Was not available before July 19, 2013.
	Quarterly Value Death Benefit See section 11.b	Was not available before July 19, 2013.
	Original Traditional Death Benefit See section D	Available from April 29, 2013 through July 19, 2013.
	Original Quarterly Value Death Benefit See section E	Available from April 29, 2013 through July 19, 2013.
Wisconsin	Assignments, Changes of Ownership and Other Transfers of Contract Rights See section 2	We cannot restrict assignments or changes of ownership.
		• The Traditional Death Benefit and Quarterly Value Death Benefit are only available on the death of a Determining Life. If you assign the Contract and the Determining Life (Lives) are no longer an Owner (or Annuitant if the Owner is a non-individual) the Traditional Death Benefit or Quarterly Value Death Benefit may not be available and your Beneficiary(s) will only receive the Contract Value.
		• If you have Income Protector or Income Focus and assign the Contract and all Covered Person(s) no longer have the required position stated in this section, your selected benefit and any lifetime payments end.
	When Income Protector Ends See section 11.a	We cannot restrict assignments or changes of ownership and if you assign or change ownership and the Covered Persons no longer have the required relationship as stated in section 2, Income Protector ends.
	When Income Focus Ends See F	We cannot restrict assignments or changes of ownership and if you assign or change ownership and the Covered Persons no longer have the required relationship as stated in section 2, Income Focus ends.
Wyoming	Traditional Death Benefit See section 10	Was not available before July 19, 2013.
	Quarterly Value Death Benefit See section 11.b	Was not available before July 19, 2013.
	Original Traditional Death Benefit See section D	Available from April 29, 2013 through July 19, 2013.
	Original Quarterly Value Death Benefit See section E	Available from April 29, 2013 through July 19, 2013.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

Appendix J

101

Table of Contents

For Service or More Information

You can review and copy information about us, the Separate Account, the prospectus and the SAI at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. You may obtain information about the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling (202) 551-8090.

The SEC also maintains a website (www.sec.gov). The prospectus, the SAI and other information about the Contract are available on the EDGAR database on the SEC’s website. If you do not have access to the website, you can get copies of information from the website upon payment of a duplication fee by writing to:

Public Reference Section of the Commission
100 F Street, NE
Washington, DC 20549

Our Service Center

If you need customer service (for Contract changes, information on Contract Values, requesting a withdrawal or transfer, changing your allocation instructions, etc.) please contact our Service Center at (800) 624-0197.

To send an application, a check for an additional Purchase Payment, or for general customer service, please mail to the appropriate address as follows:

Send an application or additional Purchase Payment with a check:		Send an application or general customer service without a check:
REGULAR MAIL		REGULAR MAIL
Allianz Life Insurance Company of North America NW5989 P.O. Box 1450 Minneapolis, MN 55485-5989		Allianz Life Insurance Company of North America P.O. Box 561 Minneapolis, MN 55440-0561
OVERNIGHT, CERTIFIED, OR REGISTERED MAIL		OVERNIGHT, CERTIFIED, OR REGISTERED MAIL
Allianz Life Insurance Company of North America NW5989 1801 Parkview Drive Shoreview, MN 55126		Allianz Life Insurance Company of North America 5701 Golden Hills Drive Golden Valley, MN 55416-1297

• Checks sent to the wrong address for an application or additional Purchase Payments are forwarded to the 1801 Parkview Drive address listed above which may delay processing.

To send information by email, please use this address: variableannuity@send.allianzlife.com. To send information over the web, please upload to your account on our website at: www.allianzlife.com. If you have questions about whether you can submit certain information by email or over the web, please contact our Service Center.

Allianz Connections^SM Variable Annuity Prospectus – April 29, 2019

102

485BPOS				File Nos. 333-182989
Allianz Connections (ALIP)				811-05618
				Class I.D. C000119017
		UNITED STATES
		SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
		WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
		FORM N-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
Pre-Effective Amendment No.
Post-Effective Amendment No.			17		X
and/or
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
Amendment No.			522		X

(Check appropriate box or boxes.)
ALLIANZ LIFE VARIABLE ACCOUNT B
(Exact Name of Registrant)

ALLIANZ LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA
(Name of Depositor)

5701 Golden Hills Drive, Minneapolis, MN 55416-1297
(Address of Depositor's Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

(763) 765-2913
(Depositor's Telephone Number, including Area Code)

Stewart D. Gregg, Senior Securities Counsel
Allianz Life Insurance Company of North America
5701 Golden Hills Drive
Minneapolis, MN 55416-1297
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check the appropriate box):
	immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
x	on April 29, 2019 pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
	60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485
	on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485
If appropriate, check the following:
	this post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.
Approximate Date of the Proposed Public Offering: April 29, 2019
Titles of Securities Being Registered: Individual Flexible Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity Contracts

Calendar Year	Aggregate Amount of Commissions Paid to ALFS	Aggregate Amount of Commissions Retained by ALFS After Payments to Selling Firms
2016	$213,776,142.08	$0
2017	$230,415,545.81	$0
2018	$221,519,279.49	$0

Calendar Year	Total Paid to Tata
2016	$1,739,447
2017	$1,621,903
2018	$1,450,101

•	Traditional Individual Retirement Annuity. Section 408 of the Code permits eligible individuals to maintain Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs). IRA contributions are limited each year to the lesser of a dollar amount specified in the Code or 100% of the amount of earned income included in the Owner’s income. You cannot make contributions once the Owner reaches age 70¹⁄2. Contributions may be tax deductible based on the Owner’s income. The limit on the amount contributed to an IRA does not apply to distributions from certain other types of qualified retirement plans that are “rolled over” on a tax-deferred basis into an IRA. Purchasers of a Contract for use with IRAs have the right to revoke their purchase within seven days of the earlier of the establishment of the IRA or their purchase.
•	Roth IRA. Section 408A of the Code permits certain eligible individuals to contribute to a Roth IRA. Contributions to a Roth IRA are limited each year to the lesser of a dollar amount specified in the Code or 100% of the amount of earned income included in the Owner’s income. Contributions are also limited or prohibited if the Owner’s income is above certain limits. Contributions must be made in cash or as a rollover or transfer from another Roth IRA.
	Conversions to a Roth IRA from a Traditional IRA or other eligible qualified retirement plan are permitted regardless of an individual’s income. A conversion to a Roth IRA results in a taxable event, but not a 10% additional federal tax for early withdrawal if certain qualifications are met (please consult your tax adviser for more details).
	Distributions from a Roth IRA generally are not subject to income tax if the Roth IRA has been held for five years (starting with the year in which the first contribution is made to any Roth IRA) and the Owner satisfies a triggering event such as attaining age 59¹⁄2, death, disability or a first time homebuyer (subject to a $10,000 lifetime limit).
	Distribution before satisfying the five year period or triggering event requirement may subject the distribution to ordinary income tax and the 10% additional federal tax for early withdrawal. Please be aware that each Roth IRA conversion has its own five year holding period requirement.
•	Inherited IRA. The Code permits beneficiaries of investments that were issued under certain tax-qualified pension or retirement plans to directly transfer the death benefit from that investment into a variable annuity contract (Inherited IRA Contract). Inherited IRA Contracts must satisfy the required minimum distribution rules that apply to a beneficiary. Inherited IRA transfers of death benefits held at other financial institutions are not currently available to be made under this Contract. However, that may change in the future.
•	Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) IRA. Employers may establish Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) IRAs under Code Section 408(k) to provide IRA contributions on behalf of their employees. In addition to all of the general rules governing IRAs, such plans are subject to additional requirements and different contribution limits.

1)	distributions made on or after the date you (or the Annuitant as applicable) reach age 59¹⁄2;
2)	distributions following your death or disability (or the Annuitant as applicable) (for this purpose disability is as defined in Section 72(m)(7) of the Code);
3)	distributions paid in a series of substantially equal payments made annually (or more frequently) for your life (or life expectancy) or joint lives of you and your designated Beneficiary;
4)	distributions made to you after separation from service after reaching age 55 (does not apply to IRAs);
5)	distributions made to you to the extent such distributions do not exceed the amount allowed as a deduction under Code Section 213 for amounts paid during the tax year for medical care;
6)	distributions made on account of an IRS levy upon the Qualified Contract;
7)	distributions from an IRA for the purchase of medical insurance (as described in Section 213(d)(1)(D) of the Code) for you and your spouse and dependents if you have received unemployment compensation for at least 12 weeks (this exception will no longer apply after you have been re-employed for at least 60 days);
8)	distributions from an IRA made to you, to the extent such distributions do not exceed your qualified higher education expenses (as defined in Section 72(t)(7) of the Code) for the tax year;
9)	distributions from an IRA which are qualified first-time homebuyer distributions (as defined in Section 72(t)(8) of the Code);
10)	distributions made to an alternate Payee pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order (does not apply to an IRA); and
11)	distributions made to a reservist called to active duty after September 11, 2001, for a period in excess of 179 days (or for an indefinite period), from IRAs or amounts attributable to elective deferrals under a 401(k) plan made during such active period.

1)	paid on or after you reach age 59¹⁄2;
2)	paid after you die;
3)	paid if you become totally disabled (as that term is defined in Section 72(m)(7) of the Code);
4)	paid in a series of substantially equal payments made annually (or more frequently) for your life (or life expectancy) or joint lives of you and your designated Beneficiary;
5)	paid as annuity payments under an immediate annuity; or
6)	that come from Purchase Payments made before August 14, 1982.

•	a series of substantially equal payments made at least annually for the life or life expectancy of the participant or joint and last survivor expectancy of the participant and a designated Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; or
•	required minimum distributions; or
•	any part of a distribution not included in gross income (for example, returns of after-tax contributions); or
•	hardship withdrawals.

•	Under Annuity Options 1 and 3, the death of the last surviving Annuitant.
•	Under Annuity Options 2 and 4, the death of the last surviving Annuitant and expiration of the guaranteed period.
•	Under Annuity Option 5, the death of the Annuitant and payment of any lump sum refund.
•	When the Contract ends.

•	we multiply the annuity unit value for the immediately preceding Business Day by the net investment factor for the current Business Day; and
•	divide by the assumed net investment factor for the current Business Day.

•	We pay a death benefit to the Beneficiary unless the Beneficiary is the surviving spouse and continues the Contract. If you selected Investment Protector, this benefit ends unless the Contract is continued by a surviving spouse. If you selected Income Protector or Income Focus, this benefit and any lifetime payments end unless the Contract is continued by a surviving spouse who is also both a Beneficiary and Covered Person. For a description of the death benefit and payout options, see prospectus section 10, Death Benefit - Death Benefit Payment Options During the Accumulation Phase.
•	If the deceased Owner was a Determining Life and the Traditional Death Benefit or Quarterly Value Death Benefit is in effect, the death benefit is the greater of the Contract Value or the guaranteed death benefit value. The guaranteed death benefit value is total Purchase Payments adjusted for withdrawals under the Traditional Death Benefit, or the Quarterly Anniversary Value under the Quarterly Value Death Benefit.
•	If the deceased Owner was not a Determining Life the Traditional Death Benefit or Quarterly Value Death Benefit end and the Beneficiary(s) receive the Contract Value.
•	If a surviving spouse Beneficiary continues the Contract, as of the end of the Business Day we receive their Valid Claim:

–	if the Traditional Death Benefit or Quarterly Value Death Benefit is in effect and the deceased was a Determining Life, we increase the Contract Value to equal the guaranteed death benefit value if greater and the death benefit ends,
–	the surviving spouse becomes the new Owner,
–	the Accumulation Phase continues, and
–	upon the surviving spouse’s death, his or her Beneficiary(s) receives the Contract Value.

•	The surviving Joint Owner is the sole primary Beneficiary. If the Joint Owners were spouses there may also be contingent Beneficiaries.
•	We pay a death benefit to the surviving Joint Owner unless he or she is the surviving spouse and continues the Contract. If you selected Investment Protector, this benefit ends unless the Contract is continued by the surviving Joint Owner who is also a surviving spouse. If you selected Income Protector or Income Focus, this benefit and any lifetime payments end unless the Contract is continued by the surviving Joint Owner who is also both the surviving spouse and a Covered Person. This means lifetime payments may end even if a Covered Person is still alive. For a description of the death benefit and payout options, see prospectus section 10, Death Benefit - Death Benefit Payment Options During the Accumulation Phase.
•	If the deceased Joint Owner was a Determining Life and the Traditional Death Benefit or Quarterly Value Death Benefit is in effect, the death benefit is the greater of the Contract Value or the guaranteed death benefit value. The guaranteed death benefit value is total Purchase Payments adjusted for withdrawals under the Traditional Death Benefit, or the Quarterly Anniversary Value under the Quarterly Value Death Benefit.
•	If the deceased Joint Owner was not a Determining Life the Traditional Death Benefit or Quarterly Value Death Benefit end and the Beneficiary(s) receive the Contract Value.
•	If a surviving Joint Owner who is also a surviving spouse continues the Contract, as of the end of the Business Day we receive their Valid Claim:

–	if the Traditional Death Benefit or Quarterly Value Death Benefit is in effect and the deceased was a Determining Life, we increase the Contract Value to equal the guaranteed death benefit value if greater and the death benefit ends,
–	the surviving Joint Owner/spouse becomes the new Owner,
–	the Accumulation Phase continues, and
–	upon the surviving Joint Owner/spouse’s death, his or her Beneficiary(s) receives the Contract Value.

•	If we are still required to make Annuity Payments under the selected Annuity Option, the surviving Joint Owner becomes the sole Owner.
•	If the deceased was not an Annuitant, Annuity Payments to the Payee continue. No death benefit is payable.
•	If the deceased was the only surviving Annuitant, Annuity Payments end or continue as follows.

•	If the deceased Annuitant was not an Owner, and the Contract is owned only by an individual(s), we do not pay a death benefit. The Owner can name a new Annuitant subject to our approval.
•	If the deceased Annuitant was a sole Owner, we pay a death benefit as discussed in the “Upon the Death of a Sole Owner” table. If the Contract is continued by a suviving spouse, the new spouse Owner can name a new Annuitant subject to our approval.
•	If the deceased Annuitant was a Joint Owner , we pay a death benefit as discussed in the “Upon the Death of a Joint Owner” table. If the Contract is continued by a suviving Joint Owner who is also a surviving spouse, the surviving Joint Owner can name a new Annuitant subject to our approval.
•	If the Contract is owned by a non-individual, we treat the death of the Annuitant as the death of a sole Owner, and we pay a death benefit as discussed in the “Upon the Death of a Sole Owner” table. NOTE: For non-individually owned Contracts, spousal continuation is only available if the Contract is Qualified, owned by a qualified plan or a custodian, and the suviving spouse is named as the sole contingent Beneficiary.

•	No death benefit is payable.
•	If we are still required to make Annuity Payments under the selected Annuity Option and the deceased was a sole Owner, the Beneficiary becomes the new Owner.
•	If we are still required to make Annuity Payments under the selected Annuity Option and the deceased was a Joint Owner, the surviving Joint Owner becomes the sole Owner.

Income Protector Rider Rates for Benefit Versions: (05.18, 06.18, 07.18, 08.18, 09.18, 10.18, 11.18, 12.18, 01.19, 02.19, 03.19) Available from May 1, 2018 through April 1, 2019
Annual Increase Percentage used to calculate the Annual Increase	Number of Guarantee Years used to calculate the Annual Increase	Payment Percentages Table
7%, which is 1.75% simple interest applied on quarterly anniversaries	30	Covered Person’s age for single Lifetime Plus Payments		Younger Covered Person’s age for joint Lifetime Plus Payments
		60 – 64 65 – 79 80+	4.00% 4.50% 5.50%	60 – 64 65 – 79 80+	3.50% 4.00% 5.00%
NOTE: The minimum exercise age that Lifetime Plus Payments can begin is age 60 for these benefit versions.

Investment Protector Rider Rates for Benefit Versions: (04.16, 05.16, 06.16, 07.16, 08.16, 09.16, 10.16) Available from April 25, 2016 through October 16, 2016
Earliest Anniversary used to determine the initial Target Value Date	Subsequent Future Anniversary used to determine subsequent Target Value Dates	Guarantee Percentage used to calculate the Target Value
Tenth Rider Anniversary	Fifth Rider Anniversary	80%

Unless noted otherwise, all officers and directors have the following principal business address:
5701 Golden Hills Drive
Minneapolis, MN 55416-1297
The following are the Officers and Directors of the Company:

Name and Principal Business Address	Positions and Offices with Depositor
Walter R. White	Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
William E. Gaumond	Director, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Treasurer
Eric J. Thomes	Senior Vice President, Chief Distribution Officer
Neil H. McKay	Senior Vice President, Chief Actuary
Gretchen Cepek	Senior Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary
Todd M. Hedtke	Senior Vice President, Chief Investment Officer
Catherine A. Mahone	Senior Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer
Brent M. Hipsher	Vice President, Controller
Jenny L. Guldseth	Senior Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer
Jasmine M. Jirele	Senior Vice President, Chief Growth Officer
Jacqueline Hunt Allianz SE Königinstraße 28 80802 München Germany	Director and Board Chair
Udo Frank 47628 Todd Eymann Road Miramonte, CA 93641	Director
Ronald M. Clark 14401 N. Giant Saquaro Place Oro Valley, AZ 85755	Director
Kevin E. Walker 14092 N. Bright Angel Trail Marana, AZ 85658	Director

Indemnification provision, as required by the ’33 Act, Rule 484
The Bylaws of the Insurance Company provide:
ARTICLE XI. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES
SECTION 1. RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION:
(a)	Subject to the conditions of this Article and any conditions or limitations imposed by applicable law, the Corporation shall indemnify any employee, director or officer of the Corporation (an "Indemnified Person") who was, is, or in the sole opinion of the Corporation, may reasonably become a party to or otherwise involved in any Proceeding by reason of the fact that such Indemnified Person is or was:
	(i)	a director of the Corporation; or
	(ii)	acting in the course and scope of his or her duties as an officer or employee of the Corporation; or
	(iii)	rendering Professional Services at the request of and for the benefit of the Corporation; or
	(iv)	serving at the request of the Corporation as an officer, director, fiduciary or member of another corporation, association, committee, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (an "Outside Organization").
(b)	Notwithstanding the foregoing, no officer, director or employee shall be indemnified pursuant to these bylaws under the following circumstances:
	(i)	in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person, in his or her own personal capacity, unless such initiation was authorized by the Board of Directors;
	(ii)	if a court of competent jurisdiction finally determines that any indemnification hereunder is unlawful;
	(iii)	for acts or omissions involving intentional misconduct or knowing and culpable violation of law;
	(iv)	for acts or omissions that the Indemnified Person believes to be contrary to the best interests of the Corporation or its shareholders or that involve the absence of good faith on the part of the Indemnified Person;
	(v)	for any transaction for which the Indemnified Person derived an improper personal benefit;
	(vi)	for acts or omissions that show a reckless disregard for the Indemnified Person's duty to the Corporation or its shareholders in circumstances in which the Indemnified Person was aware or should have been aware, in the ordinary course of performing the Indemnified Person's duties, of the risk of serious injury to the Corporation or its shareholders;
	(vii)	for acts or omissions that constitute an unexcused pattern of inattention that amounts to an abdication of the Indemnified Person's duties to the Corporation or its shareholders;
	(viii)	in circumstances where indemnification is prohibited by applicable law;
	(ix)	in the case of service as an officer, director, fiduciary or member of an Outside Organization, where the Indemnified Person was aware or should have been aware that the conduct in question was outside the scope of the assignment as contemplated by the Corporation.
SECTION 2. SCOPE OF INDEMNIFICATION:
(a)	Indemnification provided pursuant to Section 1(a)(iv) shall be secondary and subordinate to indemnification or insurance provided to an Indemnified Person by an Outside Organization or other source, if any.
(b)	Indemnification shall apply to all reasonable expenses, liability and losses, actually incurred or suffered by an Indemnified Person in connection with a Proceeding, including without limitation, attorneys' fees and any expenses of establishing a right to indemnification or advancement under this article, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such expense, liability and loss.
(c)	Such indemnification shall continue as to any Indemnified Person who has ceased to be an employee, director or officer of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, estate, executors and administrators.
SECTION 3. DEFINITIONS:
(a)	"Corporation" for the purpose of Article XI shall mean Allianz Life Insurance Company of North America and all of its subsidiaries.
(b)	"Proceeding" shall mean any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or otherwise, including actions by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor.
(c)	"Professional Services" shall mean services rendered pursuant to (i) a professional actuarial designation, (ii) a license to engage in the practice of law issued by a State Bar Institution or (iii) a Certified Public Accountant designation issued by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.
Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted for directors and officers or controlling persons of the Insurance Company pursuant to the foregoing, or otherwise, the Insurance Company has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Insurance Company of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Insurance Company in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Company will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Allianz Life Financial Services, LLC (previously USAllianz Investor Services, LLC) is the principal underwriter for the Contracts. It also is the principal underwriter for:
Allianz Life Variable Account A
Allianz Life of NY Variable Account C
Allianz Funds
The following are the officers (managers) and directors (Board of Governors) of Allianz Life Financial Services, LLC. All officers and directors have the following principal business address:
5701 Golden Hills Drive
Minneapolis, MN 55416-1297

Name		Positions and Offices with Underwriter
Michael J Brandriet		Governor and President
Eric J. Thomes		Governor, Chief Executive Officer, and Chief Manager
Catherine A. Mahone		Governor
William E. Gaumond		Governor
Rebecca Wysocki		Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
Matthew C. Dian		Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer
Kristine M. Lord-Krahn		Chief Legal Officer and Secretary
Tracy M. Haddy		Assistant Secretary

For the period 1-1-2018 to 12-31-2018
Name of Principal Underwriter	Net Underwriting Discounts and Commissions		Compensation on Redemption	Brokerage Commissions	Compensation
Allianz Life Financial Services, LLC	$221,519,279.49		$0	$0	$0
The $221,519,279.49 that Allianz Life Financial Services, LLC received from Allianz Life as commissions on the sale of Contracts issued under Allianz Life Variable Account B was subsequently paid entirely to the third party broker/dealers that perform the retail distribution of the Contracts and, therefore, no commission or compensation was retained by Allianz Life Financial Services, LLC.

Signature	Title
Walter R. White⁽¹⁾	Director, President & Chief Executive Officer
Ronald M. Clark⁽¹⁾	Director
Jacqueline Hunt⁽¹⁾	Director and Board Chair
Udo Frank⁽¹⁾	Director
William E. Gaumond⁽¹⁾	Director, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
Kevin E. Walker⁽¹⁾	Director

INDEX TO EXHIBITS
EX-99.B9.	Opinion and Consent of Counsel
EX-99.B10.	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms